Bram Moolenaar | d8b0273 | 2005-01-14 21:48:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1 | *eval.txt* For Vim version 7.0aa. Last change: 2005 Jan 14 |
Bram Moolenaar | 071d427 | 2004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2 | |
| 3 | |
| 4 | VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar |
| 5 | |
| 6 | |
| 7 | Expression evaluation *expression* *expr* *E15* *eval* |
| 8 | |
| 9 | Using expressions is introduced in chapter 41 of the user manual |usr_41.txt|. |
| 10 | |
| 11 | Note: Expression evaluation can be disabled at compile time. If this has been |
Bram Moolenaar | d8b0273 | 2005-01-14 21:48:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 12 | done, the features in this document are not available. See |+eval| and |
| 13 | |no-eval-feature|. |
Bram Moolenaar | 071d427 | 2004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 14 | |
Bram Moolenaar | 13065c4 | 2005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 15 | 1. Variables |variables| |
| 16 | 1.1 Variable types |
Bram Moolenaar | 9588a0f | 2005-01-08 21:45:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 17 | 1.2 Function references |Funcref| |
| 18 | 1.3 Lists |List| |
Bram Moolenaar | d8b0273 | 2005-01-14 21:48:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 19 | 1.4 Dictionaries |Dictionaries| |
| 20 | 1.5 More about variables |more-variables| |
Bram Moolenaar | 13065c4 | 2005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 21 | 2. Expression syntax |expression-syntax| |
| 22 | 3. Internal variable |internal-variables| |
| 23 | 4. Builtin Functions |functions| |
| 24 | 5. Defining functions |user-functions| |
| 25 | 6. Curly braces names |curly-braces-names| |
| 26 | 7. Commands |expression-commands| |
| 27 | 8. Exception handling |exception-handling| |
| 28 | 9. Examples |eval-examples| |
| 29 | 10. No +eval feature |no-eval-feature| |
| 30 | 11. The sandbox |eval-sandbox| |
Bram Moolenaar | 071d427 | 2004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 31 | |
| 32 | {Vi does not have any of these commands} |
| 33 | |
| 34 | ============================================================================== |
| 35 | 1. Variables *variables* |
| 36 | |
Bram Moolenaar | 13065c4 | 2005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 37 | 1.1 Variable types ~ |
| 38 | |
| 39 | There are four types of variables: |
Bram Moolenaar | 071d427 | 2004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 40 | |
Bram Moolenaar | d8b0273 | 2005-01-14 21:48:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 41 | Number A 32 bit signed number. |
| 42 | Examples: -123 0x10 0177 |
| 43 | |
| 44 | String A NUL terminated string of 8-bit unsigned characters (bytes). |
| 45 | Examples: "ab\txx\"--" 'x-z''a,c' |
| 46 | |
| 47 | Funcref A reference to a function |Funcref|. |
| 48 | Example: function("strlen") |
| 49 | |
| 50 | List An ordered sequence of items |List|. |
| 51 | Example: [1, 2, ['a', 'b']] |
Bram Moolenaar | 071d427 | 2004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 52 | |
Bram Moolenaar | d7ee7ce | 2005-01-03 21:02:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 53 | The Number and String types are converted automatically, depending on how they |
| 54 | are used. |
Bram Moolenaar | 071d427 | 2004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 55 | |
| 56 | Conversion from a Number to a String is by making the ASCII representation of |
| 57 | the Number. Examples: > |
| 58 | Number 123 --> String "123" |
| 59 | Number 0 --> String "0" |
| 60 | Number -1 --> String "-1" |
| 61 | |
| 62 | Conversion from a String to a Number is done by converting the first digits |
| 63 | to a number. Hexadecimal "0xf9" and Octal "017" numbers are recognized. If |
| 64 | the String doesn't start with digits, the result is zero. Examples: > |
| 65 | String "456" --> Number 456 |
| 66 | String "6bar" --> Number 6 |
| 67 | String "foo" --> Number 0 |
| 68 | String "0xf1" --> Number 241 |
| 69 | String "0100" --> Number 64 |
| 70 | String "-8" --> Number -8 |
| 71 | String "+8" --> Number 0 |
| 72 | |
| 73 | To force conversion from String to Number, add zero to it: > |
| 74 | :echo "0100" + 0 |
| 75 | |
| 76 | For boolean operators Numbers are used. Zero is FALSE, non-zero is TRUE. |
| 77 | |
| 78 | Note that in the command > |
| 79 | :if "foo" |
| 80 | "foo" is converted to 0, which means FALSE. To test for a non-empty string, |
| 81 | use strlen(): > |
| 82 | :if strlen("foo") |
| 83 | |
Bram Moolenaar | 13065c4 | 2005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 84 | List and Funcref types are not automatically converted. |
Bram Moolenaar | d7ee7ce | 2005-01-03 21:02:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 85 | |
Bram Moolenaar | 13065c4 | 2005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 86 | *E706* |
| 87 | You will get an error if you try to change the type of a variable. You need |
| 88 | to |:unlet| it first to avoid this error. String and Number are considered |
Bram Moolenaar | d8b0273 | 2005-01-14 21:48:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 89 | equivalent though. Consider this sequence of commands: > |
Bram Moolenaar | 13065c4 | 2005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 90 | :let l = "string" |
Bram Moolenaar | 9588a0f | 2005-01-08 21:45:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 91 | :let l = 44 " changes type from String to Number |
Bram Moolenaar | 13065c4 | 2005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 92 | :let l = [1, 2, 3] " error! |
Bram Moolenaar | d7ee7ce | 2005-01-03 21:02:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 93 | |
Bram Moolenaar | 13065c4 | 2005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 94 | |
Bram Moolenaar | 9588a0f | 2005-01-08 21:45:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 95 | 1.2 Function references ~ |
Bram Moolenaar | 13065c4 | 2005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 96 | *Funcref* *E695* *E703* |
Bram Moolenaar | d7ee7ce | 2005-01-03 21:02:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 97 | A Funcref variable is obtained with the |function()| function. It can be used |
| 98 | in an expression to invoke the function it refers to by using it in the place |
| 99 | of a function name, before the parenthesis around the arguments. Example: > |
| 100 | |
| 101 | :let Fn = function("MyFunc") |
| 102 | :echo Fn() |
Bram Moolenaar | 13065c4 | 2005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 103 | < |
| 104 | *E704* *E705* *E707* |
| 105 | A Funcref variable must start with a capital, "s:", "w:" or "b:". You cannot |
| 106 | have both a Funcref variable and a function with the same name. |
Bram Moolenaar | d7ee7ce | 2005-01-03 21:02:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 107 | |
Bram Moolenaar | 9588a0f | 2005-01-08 21:45:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 108 | Note that a Funcref cannot be used with the |:call| command, because its |
| 109 | argument is not an expression. |
Bram Moolenaar | 13065c4 | 2005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 110 | |
| 111 | The name of the referenced function can be obtained with |string()|. > |
| 112 | :echo "The function is " . string(Myfunc) |
| 113 | |
| 114 | You can use |call()| to invoke a Funcref and use a list variable for the |
| 115 | arguments: > |
| 116 | :let r = call(Myfunc, mylist) |
Bram Moolenaar | d7ee7ce | 2005-01-03 21:02:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 117 | |
| 118 | |
Bram Moolenaar | 9588a0f | 2005-01-08 21:45:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 119 | 1.3 Lists ~ |
Bram Moolenaar | 13065c4 | 2005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 120 | *List* *E686* |
Bram Moolenaar | d7ee7ce | 2005-01-03 21:02:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 121 | A List is an ordered sequence of items. An item can be of any type. Items |
| 122 | can be accessed by their index number. Items can be added and removed at any |
| 123 | position in the sequence. |
| 124 | |
Bram Moolenaar | 13065c4 | 2005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 125 | |
| 126 | List creation ~ |
| 127 | *E696* *E697* |
Bram Moolenaar | d7ee7ce | 2005-01-03 21:02:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 128 | A List is created with a comma separated list of items in square brackets. |
Bram Moolenaar | 13065c4 | 2005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 129 | Examples: > |
| 130 | :let mylist = [1, two, 3, "four"] |
| 131 | :let emptylist = [] |
Bram Moolenaar | d7ee7ce | 2005-01-03 21:02:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 132 | |
| 133 | An item can be any expression. Using a List for an item creates a |
Bram Moolenaar | 13065c4 | 2005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 134 | nested List: > |
| 135 | :let nestlist = [[11, 12], [21, 22], [31, 32]] |
Bram Moolenaar | d7ee7ce | 2005-01-03 21:02:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 136 | |
| 137 | An extra comma after the last item is ignored. |
| 138 | |
Bram Moolenaar | 13065c4 | 2005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 139 | |
| 140 | List index ~ |
| 141 | *list-index* *E684* |
Bram Moolenaar | d7ee7ce | 2005-01-03 21:02:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 142 | An item in the List can be accessed by putting the index in square brackets |
Bram Moolenaar | 13065c4 | 2005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 143 | after the List. Indexes are zero-based, thus the first item has index zero. > |
| 144 | :let item = mylist[0] " get the first item: 1 |
Bram Moolenaar | d7ee7ce | 2005-01-03 21:02:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 145 | :let item = mylist[2] " get the third item: 3 |
Bram Moolenaar | 13065c4 | 2005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 146 | |
Bram Moolenaar | 9588a0f | 2005-01-08 21:45:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 147 | When the resulting item is a list this can be repeated: > |
Bram Moolenaar | 13065c4 | 2005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 148 | :let item = nestlist[0][1] " get the first list, second item: 12 |
Bram Moolenaar | d7ee7ce | 2005-01-03 21:02:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 149 | < |
Bram Moolenaar | 13065c4 | 2005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 150 | A negative index is counted from the end. Index -1 refers to the last item in |
| 151 | the List, -2 to the last but one item, etc. > |
Bram Moolenaar | d7ee7ce | 2005-01-03 21:02:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 152 | :let last = mylist[-1] " get the last item: "four" |
| 153 | |
Bram Moolenaar | 13065c4 | 2005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 154 | To avoid an error for an invalid index use the |get()| function. When an item |
Bram Moolenaar | 9588a0f | 2005-01-08 21:45:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 155 | is not available it returns zero or the default value you specify: > |
Bram Moolenaar | 13065c4 | 2005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 156 | :echo get(mylist, idx) |
| 157 | :echo get(mylist, idx, "NONE") |
| 158 | |
| 159 | |
| 160 | List concatenation ~ |
| 161 | |
| 162 | Two lists can be concatenated with the "+" operator: > |
| 163 | :let longlist = mylist + [5, 6] |
| 164 | |
| 165 | To prepend or append an item turn the item into a list by putting [] around |
| 166 | it. To change a list in-place see |list-modification| below. |
| 167 | |
| 168 | |
| 169 | Sublist ~ |
| 170 | |
Bram Moolenaar | d7ee7ce | 2005-01-03 21:02:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 171 | A part of the List can be obtained by specifying the first and last index, |
| 172 | separated by a colon in square brackets: > |
Bram Moolenaar | 13065c4 | 2005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 173 | :let shortlist = mylist[2:-1] " get List [3, "four"] |
Bram Moolenaar | d7ee7ce | 2005-01-03 21:02:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 174 | |
| 175 | Omitting the first index is similar to zero. Omitting the last index is |
| 176 | similar to -1. The difference is that there is no error if the items are not |
| 177 | available. > |
Bram Moolenaar | 540d6e3 | 2005-01-09 21:20:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 178 | :let endlist = mylist[2:] " from item 2 to the end: [3, "four"] |
| 179 | :let shortlist = mylist[2:2] " List with one item: [3] |
| 180 | :let otherlist = mylist[:] " make a copy of the List |
Bram Moolenaar | d7ee7ce | 2005-01-03 21:02:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 181 | |
Bram Moolenaar | d8b0273 | 2005-01-14 21:48:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 182 | The second index can be just before the first index. In that case the result |
| 183 | is an empty list. If the second index is lower, this results in an error. > |
| 184 | :echo mylist[2:1] " result: [] |
| 185 | :echo mylist[2:0] " error! |
| 186 | |
Bram Moolenaar | d7ee7ce | 2005-01-03 21:02:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 187 | |
Bram Moolenaar | 13065c4 | 2005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 188 | List identity ~ |
Bram Moolenaar | d8b0273 | 2005-01-14 21:48:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 189 | *list-identity* |
Bram Moolenaar | 13065c4 | 2005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 190 | When variable "aa" is a list and you assign it to another variable "bb", both |
| 191 | variables refer to the same list. Thus changing the list "aa" will also |
| 192 | change "bb": > |
| 193 | :let aa = [1, 2, 3] |
| 194 | :let bb = aa |
| 195 | :call add(aa, 4) |
| 196 | :echo bb |
| 197 | [1, 2, 3, 4] |
| 198 | |
| 199 | Making a copy of a list is done with the |copy()| function. Using [:] also |
| 200 | works, as explained above. This creates a shallow copy of the list: Changing |
Bram Moolenaar | 9588a0f | 2005-01-08 21:45:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 201 | a list item in the list will also change the item in the copied list: > |
Bram Moolenaar | 13065c4 | 2005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 202 | :let aa = [[1, 'a'], 2, 3] |
| 203 | :let bb = copy(aa) |
| 204 | :let aa = aa + [4] |
| 205 | :let aa[0][1] = 'aaa' |
| 206 | :echo aa |
| 207 | [[1, aaa], 2, 3, 4] |
| 208 | :echo bb |
| 209 | [[1, aaa], 2, 3] |
| 210 | |
Bram Moolenaar | 9588a0f | 2005-01-08 21:45:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 211 | To make a completely independent list use |deepcopy()|. This also makes a |
| 212 | copy of the values in the list, recursively. |
Bram Moolenaar | 13065c4 | 2005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 213 | |
| 214 | The operator "is" can be used to check if two variables refer to the same |
| 215 | list. "isnot" does the opposite. In contrast "==" compares if two lists have |
Bram Moolenaar | 9588a0f | 2005-01-08 21:45:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 216 | the same value. > |
| 217 | :let alist = [1, 2, 3] |
| 218 | :let blist = [1, 2, 3] |
| 219 | :echo alist is blist |
| 220 | 0 |
| 221 | :echo alist == blist |
| 222 | 1 |
Bram Moolenaar | 13065c4 | 2005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 223 | |
| 224 | |
| 225 | List unpack ~ |
| 226 | |
| 227 | To unpack the items in a list to individual variables, put the variables in |
| 228 | square brackets, like list items: > |
| 229 | :let [var1, var2] = mylist |
| 230 | |
| 231 | When the number of variables does not match the number of items in the list |
| 232 | this produces an error. To handle any extra items from the list append ";" |
| 233 | and a variable name: > |
| 234 | :let [var1, var2; rest] = mylist |
| 235 | |
| 236 | This works like: > |
| 237 | :let var1 = mylist[0] |
| 238 | :let var2 = mylist[1] |
Bram Moolenaar | 5f2bb9f | 2005-01-11 21:29:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 239 | :let rest = mylist[2:] |
Bram Moolenaar | 13065c4 | 2005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 240 | |
| 241 | Except that there is no error if there are only two items. "rest" will be an |
| 242 | empty list then. |
| 243 | |
| 244 | |
| 245 | List modification ~ |
| 246 | *list-modification* |
Bram Moolenaar | 9588a0f | 2005-01-08 21:45:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 247 | To change a specific item of a list use |:let| this way: > |
Bram Moolenaar | 13065c4 | 2005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 248 | :let list[4] = "four" |
| 249 | :let listlist[0][3] = item |
| 250 | |
Bram Moolenaar | 9588a0f | 2005-01-08 21:45:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 251 | To change part of a list you can specify the first and last item to be |
Bram Moolenaar | 540d6e3 | 2005-01-09 21:20:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 252 | modified. The value must match the range of replaced items: > |
Bram Moolenaar | 9588a0f | 2005-01-08 21:45:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 253 | :let list[3:5] = [3, 4, 5] |
| 254 | |
Bram Moolenaar | 13065c4 | 2005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 255 | Adding and removing items from a list is done with functions. Here are a few |
| 256 | examples: > |
| 257 | :call insert(list, 'a') " prepend item 'a' |
| 258 | :call insert(list, 'a', 3) " insert item 'a' before list[3] |
| 259 | :call add(list, "new") " append String item |
| 260 | :call add(list, [1, 2]) " append List as one new item |
| 261 | :call extend(list, [1, 2]) " extend the list with two more items |
| 262 | :let i = remove(list, 3) " remove item 3 |
| 263 | :let l = remove(list, 3, -1) " remove items 3 to last item |
Bram Moolenaar | d8b0273 | 2005-01-14 21:48:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 264 | :call filter(list, '& =~ "x"') " remove items with an 'x' |
Bram Moolenaar | 13065c4 | 2005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 265 | |
Bram Moolenaar | 9588a0f | 2005-01-08 21:45:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 266 | Changing the oder of items in a list: > |
| 267 | :call sort(list) " sort a list alphabetically |
| 268 | :call reverse(list) " reverse the order of items |
| 269 | |
Bram Moolenaar | 13065c4 | 2005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 270 | |
| 271 | For loop ~ |
| 272 | |
Bram Moolenaar | 9588a0f | 2005-01-08 21:45:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 273 | The |:for| loop executes commands for each item in a list. A variable is set |
| 274 | to each item in the list in sequence. Example: > |
Bram Moolenaar | 13065c4 | 2005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 275 | :for i in mylist |
| 276 | : call Doit(i) |
| 277 | :endfor |
| 278 | |
| 279 | This works like: > |
| 280 | :let index = 0 |
| 281 | :while index < len(mylist) |
| 282 | : let i = mylist[index] |
| 283 | : :call Doit(i) |
| 284 | : let index = index + 1 |
| 285 | :endwhile |
| 286 | |
| 287 | Note that all items in the list should be of the same type, otherwise this |
Bram Moolenaar | 9588a0f | 2005-01-08 21:45:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 288 | results in an error |E706|. To avoid this |:unlet| the variable at the end of |
| 289 | the loop. |
Bram Moolenaar | 13065c4 | 2005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 290 | |
Bram Moolenaar | 5f2bb9f | 2005-01-11 21:29:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 291 | If all you want to do is modify each item in the list then the |map()| |
| 292 | function might be a simpler method than a for loop. |
| 293 | |
Bram Moolenaar | 13065c4 | 2005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 294 | Just like the |:let| command, |:for| also accepts a list of variables. This |
| 295 | requires the argument to be a list of lists. > |
| 296 | :for [lnum, col] in [[1, 3], [2, 8], [3, 0]] |
| 297 | : call Doit(lnum, col) |
| 298 | :endfor |
| 299 | |
| 300 | This works like a |:let| command is done for each list item. Again, the types |
| 301 | must remain the same to avoid an error. |
| 302 | |
| 303 | It is also possible to put remaining items in a list: > |
| 304 | :for [i, j; rest] in listlist |
| 305 | : call Doit(i, j) |
| 306 | : if !empty(rest) |
| 307 | : echo "remainder: " . string(rest) |
| 308 | : endif |
| 309 | :endfor |
| 310 | |
| 311 | |
| 312 | List functions ~ |
| 313 | |
| 314 | Functions that are useful with a List: > |
Bram Moolenaar | 9588a0f | 2005-01-08 21:45:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 315 | :let r = call(funcname, list) " call a function with an argument list |
Bram Moolenaar | 13065c4 | 2005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 316 | :if empty(list) " check if list is empty |
| 317 | :let l = len(list) " number of items in a list |
Bram Moolenaar | 9588a0f | 2005-01-08 21:45:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 318 | :let big = max(list) " maximum value in a list |
Bram Moolenaar | d8b0273 | 2005-01-14 21:48:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 319 | :let small = min(list) " minimum value in a list |
Bram Moolenaar | 9588a0f | 2005-01-08 21:45:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 320 | :let xs = count(list, 'x') " count nr of times 'x' appears in list |
| 321 | :let i = index(list, 'x') " index of first 'x' in list |
Bram Moolenaar | 13065c4 | 2005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 322 | :let lines = getline(1, 10) " get ten text lines from buffer |
| 323 | :call append('$', lines) " append text lines in buffer |
Bram Moolenaar | 5f2bb9f | 2005-01-11 21:29:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 324 | :let list = split("a b c") " create list from items in a string |
| 325 | :let string = join(list, ', ') " create string from list items |
Bram Moolenaar | 13065c4 | 2005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 326 | :let s = string() " String representation of a list |
Bram Moolenaar | d8b0273 | 2005-01-14 21:48:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 327 | :call map(list, '">> " . &') " prepend ">> " to each item |
Bram Moolenaar | 13065c4 | 2005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 328 | |
| 329 | |
Bram Moolenaar | d8b0273 | 2005-01-14 21:48:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 330 | 1.4 Dictionaries ~ |
| 331 | *Dictionaries* |
| 332 | A Dictionary is an associative array: Each entry has a key and a value. The |
| 333 | entry can be located with the key. The entries are stored without ordering. |
| 334 | |
| 335 | |
| 336 | Dictionary creation ~ |
| 337 | |
| 338 | A Dictionary is created with a comma separated list of entries in curly |
| 339 | braces. Each entry has a key and a value, separated by a colon. Examples: > |
| 340 | :let mydict = {1: 'one', 2: 'two', 3: 'three'} |
| 341 | :let emptydict = {} |
| 342 | |
| 343 | A key is always a String. You can use a Number, it will be converted to a |
| 344 | String automatically. Thus the String '4' and the number 4 will find the same |
| 345 | entry. Note that the String '04' and the Number 04 are different, since 04 |
| 346 | will be converted to the String '4'. |
| 347 | |
| 348 | A value can be any expression. Using a Dictionary for an entry creates a |
| 349 | nested Dictionary: > |
| 350 | :let nestdict = {1: {11: 'a', 12: 'b'}, 2: {21: 'c'}} |
| 351 | |
| 352 | An extra comma after the last entry is ignored. |
| 353 | |
| 354 | |
| 355 | Accessing entries ~ |
| 356 | |
| 357 | The normal way to access an entry is by putting the key in square brackets: > |
| 358 | :let val = mydict["one"] |
| 359 | :let mydict["four"] = 4 |
| 360 | |
| 361 | You can add new entries to an existing Dictionary this way. |
| 362 | |
| 363 | For keys that consist entirely of letters, digits and underscore the following |
| 364 | form can be used |expr-entry|: > |
| 365 | :let val = mydict.one |
| 366 | :let mydict.four = 4 |
| 367 | |
| 368 | Since an entry can be any type, also a List and a Dictionary, the indexing and |
| 369 | key lookup can be repeated: > |
| 370 | :let dict.key[idx].key = 0 |
| 371 | |
| 372 | |
| 373 | Dictionary to List conversion ~ |
| 374 | |
| 375 | You may want to loop over the entries in a dictionary. For this you need to |
| 376 | turn the Dictionary into a List and pass it to |:for|. |
| 377 | |
| 378 | Most often you want to loop over the keys, using the |keys()| function: > |
| 379 | :for key in keys(mydict) |
| 380 | : echo key . ': ' . mydict[key] |
| 381 | :endfor |
| 382 | |
| 383 | The List of keys is unsorted. You may want to sort them first: > |
| 384 | :for key in sort(keys(mydict)) |
| 385 | |
| 386 | To loop over the values use the |values()| function: > |
| 387 | :for v in values(mydict) |
| 388 | : echo "value: " . v |
| 389 | :endfor |
| 390 | |
| 391 | If you want both the key and the value use the |items()| function. It returns |
| 392 | a List of Lists with two items: the key and the value: > |
| 393 | :for entry in items(mydict) |
| 394 | : echo entry[0] . ': ' . entry[1] |
| 395 | :endfor |
| 396 | |
| 397 | |
| 398 | Dictionary identity ~ |
| 399 | |
| 400 | Just like Lists you need to use |copy()| and |deepcopy()| to make a copy of a |
| 401 | Dictionary. Otherwise, assignment results in referring to the same |
| 402 | Dictionary: > |
| 403 | :let onedict = {'a': 1, 'b': 2} |
| 404 | :let adict = onedict |
| 405 | :let adict['a'] = 11 |
| 406 | :echo onedict['a'] |
| 407 | 11 |
| 408 | |
| 409 | For more info see |list-identity|. |
| 410 | |
| 411 | |
| 412 | Dictionary modification ~ |
| 413 | *dict-modification* |
| 414 | To change an already existing entry of a Dictionary, or to add a new entry, |
| 415 | use |:let| this way: > |
| 416 | :let dict[4] = "four" |
| 417 | :let dict['one'] = item |
| 418 | |
| 419 | Removing an entry from a Dictionary is done with |remove()|: > |
| 420 | :let i = remove(dict, 'aaa') " remove item with key 'aaa' |
| 421 | |
| 422 | Merging a Dictionary with another is done with |extend()|: > |
| 423 | :call extend(adict, bdict) " extend adict with entries from bdict |
| 424 | |
| 425 | Weeding out entries from a Dictionary can be done with |filter()|: > |
| 426 | :call filter(dict '& =~ "x"') " remove entries with value 'x' |
| 427 | |
| 428 | |
| 429 | 1.5 More about variables ~ |
Bram Moolenaar | 13065c4 | 2005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 430 | *more-variables* |
Bram Moolenaar | 071d427 | 2004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 431 | If you need to know the type of a variable or expression, use the |type()| |
| 432 | function. |
| 433 | |
| 434 | When the '!' flag is included in the 'viminfo' option, global variables that |
| 435 | start with an uppercase letter, and don't contain a lowercase letter, are |
| 436 | stored in the viminfo file |viminfo-file|. |
| 437 | |
| 438 | When the 'sessionoptions' option contains "global", global variables that |
| 439 | start with an uppercase letter and contain at least one lowercase letter are |
| 440 | stored in the session file |session-file|. |
| 441 | |
| 442 | variable name can be stored where ~ |
| 443 | my_var_6 not |
| 444 | My_Var_6 session file |
| 445 | MY_VAR_6 viminfo file |
| 446 | |
| 447 | |
| 448 | It's possible to form a variable name with curly braces, see |
| 449 | |curly-braces-names|. |
| 450 | |
| 451 | ============================================================================== |
| 452 | 2. Expression syntax *expression-syntax* |
| 453 | |
| 454 | Expression syntax summary, from least to most significant: |
| 455 | |
| 456 | |expr1| expr2 ? expr1 : expr1 if-then-else |
| 457 | |
| 458 | |expr2| expr3 || expr3 .. logical OR |
| 459 | |
| 460 | |expr3| expr4 && expr4 .. logical AND |
| 461 | |
| 462 | |expr4| expr5 == expr5 equal |
| 463 | expr5 != expr5 not equal |
| 464 | expr5 > expr5 greater than |
| 465 | expr5 >= expr5 greater than or equal |
| 466 | expr5 < expr5 smaller than |
| 467 | expr5 <= expr5 smaller than or equal |
| 468 | expr5 =~ expr5 regexp matches |
| 469 | expr5 !~ expr5 regexp doesn't match |
| 470 | |
| 471 | expr5 ==? expr5 equal, ignoring case |
| 472 | expr5 ==# expr5 equal, match case |
| 473 | etc. As above, append ? for ignoring case, # for |
| 474 | matching case |
| 475 | |
Bram Moolenaar | de8866b | 2005-01-06 23:24:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 476 | expr5 is expr5 same List instance |
| 477 | expr5 isnot expr5 different List instance |
| 478 | |
| 479 | |expr5| expr6 + expr6 .. number addition or list concatenation |
Bram Moolenaar | 071d427 | 2004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 480 | expr6 - expr6 .. number subtraction |
| 481 | expr6 . expr6 .. string concatenation |
| 482 | |
| 483 | |expr6| expr7 * expr7 .. number multiplication |
| 484 | expr7 / expr7 .. number division |
| 485 | expr7 % expr7 .. number modulo |
| 486 | |
| 487 | |expr7| ! expr7 logical NOT |
| 488 | - expr7 unary minus |
| 489 | + expr7 unary plus |
| 490 | expr8 |
| 491 | |
Bram Moolenaar | d7ee7ce | 2005-01-03 21:02:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 492 | |expr8| expr9[expr1] byte of a String or item of a List |
| 493 | expr9[expr1 : expr2] substring of a String or sublist of a List |
Bram Moolenaar | d8b0273 | 2005-01-14 21:48:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 494 | expr9.name entry in a Dictionary |
Bram Moolenaar | 071d427 | 2004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 495 | |
| 496 | |expr9| number number constant |
Bram Moolenaar | 3fdfa4a | 2004-10-07 21:02:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 497 | "string" string constant, backslash is special |
Bram Moolenaar | d8b0273 | 2005-01-14 21:48:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 498 | 'string' string constant, ' is doubled |
Bram Moolenaar | d7ee7ce | 2005-01-03 21:02:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 499 | [expr1, ...] List |
Bram Moolenaar | 071d427 | 2004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 500 | &option option value |
| 501 | (expr1) nested expression |
| 502 | variable internal variable |
| 503 | va{ria}ble internal variable with curly braces |
| 504 | $VAR environment variable |
| 505 | @r contents of register 'r' |
| 506 | function(expr1, ...) function call |
Bram Moolenaar | d7ee7ce | 2005-01-03 21:02:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 507 | Funcref(expr1, ...) function call with Funcref variable |
Bram Moolenaar | 071d427 | 2004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 508 | func{ti}on(expr1, ...) function call with curly braces |
| 509 | |
| 510 | |
| 511 | ".." indicates that the operations in this level can be concatenated. |
| 512 | Example: > |
| 513 | &nu || &list && &shell == "csh" |
| 514 | |
| 515 | All expressions within one level are parsed from left to right. |
| 516 | |
| 517 | |
| 518 | expr1 *expr1* *E109* |
| 519 | ----- |
| 520 | |
| 521 | expr2 ? expr1 : expr1 |
| 522 | |
| 523 | The expression before the '?' is evaluated to a number. If it evaluates to |
| 524 | non-zero, the result is the value of the expression between the '?' and ':', |
| 525 | otherwise the result is the value of the expression after the ':'. |
| 526 | Example: > |
| 527 | :echo lnum == 1 ? "top" : lnum |
| 528 | |
| 529 | Since the first expression is an "expr2", it cannot contain another ?:. The |
| 530 | other two expressions can, thus allow for recursive use of ?:. |
| 531 | Example: > |
| 532 | :echo lnum == 1 ? "top" : lnum == 1000 ? "last" : lnum |
| 533 | |
| 534 | To keep this readable, using |line-continuation| is suggested: > |
| 535 | :echo lnum == 1 |
| 536 | :\ ? "top" |
| 537 | :\ : lnum == 1000 |
| 538 | :\ ? "last" |
| 539 | :\ : lnum |
| 540 | |
| 541 | |
| 542 | expr2 and expr3 *expr2* *expr3* |
| 543 | --------------- |
| 544 | |
| 545 | *expr-barbar* *expr-&&* |
| 546 | The "||" and "&&" operators take one argument on each side. The arguments |
| 547 | are (converted to) Numbers. The result is: |
| 548 | |
| 549 | input output ~ |
| 550 | n1 n2 n1 || n2 n1 && n2 ~ |
| 551 | zero zero zero zero |
| 552 | zero non-zero non-zero zero |
| 553 | non-zero zero non-zero zero |
| 554 | non-zero non-zero non-zero non-zero |
| 555 | |
| 556 | The operators can be concatenated, for example: > |
| 557 | |
| 558 | &nu || &list && &shell == "csh" |
| 559 | |
| 560 | Note that "&&" takes precedence over "||", so this has the meaning of: > |
| 561 | |
| 562 | &nu || (&list && &shell == "csh") |
| 563 | |
| 564 | Once the result is known, the expression "short-circuits", that is, further |
| 565 | arguments are not evaluated. This is like what happens in C. For example: > |
| 566 | |
| 567 | let a = 1 |
| 568 | echo a || b |
| 569 | |
| 570 | This is valid even if there is no variable called "b" because "a" is non-zero, |
| 571 | so the result must be non-zero. Similarly below: > |
| 572 | |
| 573 | echo exists("b") && b == "yes" |
| 574 | |
| 575 | This is valid whether "b" has been defined or not. The second clause will |
| 576 | only be evaluated if "b" has been defined. |
| 577 | |
| 578 | |
| 579 | expr4 *expr4* |
| 580 | ----- |
| 581 | |
| 582 | expr5 {cmp} expr5 |
| 583 | |
| 584 | Compare two expr5 expressions, resulting in a 0 if it evaluates to false, or 1 |
| 585 | if it evaluates to true. |
| 586 | |
| 587 | *expr-==* *expr-!=* *expr->* *expr->=* |
| 588 | *expr-<* *expr-<=* *expr-=~* *expr-!~* |
| 589 | *expr-==#* *expr-!=#* *expr->#* *expr->=#* |
| 590 | *expr-<#* *expr-<=#* *expr-=~#* *expr-!~#* |
| 591 | *expr-==?* *expr-!=?* *expr->?* *expr->=?* |
| 592 | *expr-<?* *expr-<=?* *expr-=~?* *expr-!~?* |
Bram Moolenaar | de8866b | 2005-01-06 23:24:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 593 | *expr-is* |
Bram Moolenaar | 071d427 | 2004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 594 | use 'ignorecase' match case ignore case ~ |
| 595 | equal == ==# ==? |
| 596 | not equal != !=# !=? |
| 597 | greater than > ># >? |
| 598 | greater than or equal >= >=# >=? |
| 599 | smaller than < <# <? |
| 600 | smaller than or equal <= <=# <=? |
| 601 | regexp matches =~ =~# =~? |
| 602 | regexp doesn't match !~ !~# !~? |
Bram Moolenaar | de8866b | 2005-01-06 23:24:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 603 | same instance is |
| 604 | different instance isnot |
Bram Moolenaar | 071d427 | 2004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 605 | |
| 606 | Examples: |
| 607 | "abc" ==# "Abc" evaluates to 0 |
| 608 | "abc" ==? "Abc" evaluates to 1 |
| 609 | "abc" == "Abc" evaluates to 1 if 'ignorecase' is set, 0 otherwise |
| 610 | |
Bram Moolenaar | 13065c4 | 2005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 611 | *E691* *E692* |
Bram Moolenaar | de8866b | 2005-01-06 23:24:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 612 | A List can only be compared with a List and only "equal", "not equal" and "is" |
| 613 | can be used. This compares the values of the list, recursively. Ignoring |
| 614 | case means case is ignored when comparing item values. |
| 615 | |
Bram Moolenaar | 13065c4 | 2005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 616 | *E693* *E694* |
Bram Moolenaar | de8866b | 2005-01-06 23:24:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 617 | A Funcref can only be compared with a Funcref and only "equal" and "not equal" |
| 618 | can be used. Case is never ignored. |
| 619 | |
| 620 | When using "is" or "isnot" with a List this checks if the expressions are |
| 621 | referring to the same List instance. A copy of a List is different from the |
| 622 | original List. When using "is" without a List it is equivalent to using |
| 623 | "equal", using "isnot" equivalent to using "not equal". Except that a |
| 624 | different type means the values are different. "4 == '4'" is true, "4 is '4'" |
| 625 | is false. |
| 626 | |
Bram Moolenaar | 071d427 | 2004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 627 | When comparing a String with a Number, the String is converted to a Number, |
| 628 | and the comparison is done on Numbers. This means that "0 == 'x'" is TRUE, |
| 629 | because 'x' converted to a Number is zero. |
| 630 | |
| 631 | When comparing two Strings, this is done with strcmp() or stricmp(). This |
| 632 | results in the mathematical difference (comparing byte values), not |
| 633 | necessarily the alphabetical difference in the local language. |
| 634 | |
| 635 | When using the operators with a trailing '#", or the short version and |
| 636 | 'ignorecase' is off, the comparing is done with strcmp(). |
| 637 | |
| 638 | When using the operators with a trailing '?', or the short version and |
| 639 | 'ignorecase' is set, the comparing is done with stricmp(). |
| 640 | |
| 641 | The "=~" and "!~" operators match the lefthand argument with the righthand |
| 642 | argument, which is used as a pattern. See |pattern| for what a pattern is. |
| 643 | This matching is always done like 'magic' was set and 'cpoptions' is empty, no |
| 644 | matter what the actual value of 'magic' or 'cpoptions' is. This makes scripts |
| 645 | portable. To avoid backslashes in the regexp pattern to be doubled, use a |
| 646 | single-quote string, see |literal-string|. |
| 647 | Since a string is considered to be a single line, a multi-line pattern |
| 648 | (containing \n, backslash-n) will not match. However, a literal NL character |
| 649 | can be matched like an ordinary character. Examples: |
| 650 | "foo\nbar" =~ "\n" evaluates to 1 |
| 651 | "foo\nbar" =~ "\\n" evaluates to 0 |
| 652 | |
| 653 | |
| 654 | expr5 and expr6 *expr5* *expr6* |
| 655 | --------------- |
Bram Moolenaar | de8866b | 2005-01-06 23:24:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 656 | expr6 + expr6 .. Number addition or List concatenation *expr-+* |
| 657 | expr6 - expr6 .. Number subtraction *expr--* |
| 658 | expr6 . expr6 .. String concatenation *expr-.* |
Bram Moolenaar | 071d427 | 2004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 659 | |
Bram Moolenaar | de8866b | 2005-01-06 23:24:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 660 | For Lists only "+" is possible and then both expr6 must be a list. The result |
| 661 | is a new list with the two lists Concatenated. |
| 662 | |
| 663 | expr7 * expr7 .. number multiplication *expr-star* |
| 664 | expr7 / expr7 .. number division *expr-/* |
| 665 | expr7 % expr7 .. number modulo *expr-%* |
Bram Moolenaar | 071d427 | 2004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 666 | |
| 667 | For all, except ".", Strings are converted to Numbers. |
| 668 | |
| 669 | Note the difference between "+" and ".": |
| 670 | "123" + "456" = 579 |
| 671 | "123" . "456" = "123456" |
| 672 | |
| 673 | When the righthand side of '/' is zero, the result is 0x7fffffff. |
| 674 | When the righthand side of '%' is zero, the result is 0. |
| 675 | |
Bram Moolenaar | de8866b | 2005-01-06 23:24:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 676 | None of these work for Funcrefs. |
| 677 | |
Bram Moolenaar | 071d427 | 2004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 678 | |
| 679 | expr7 *expr7* |
| 680 | ----- |
| 681 | ! expr7 logical NOT *expr-!* |
| 682 | - expr7 unary minus *expr-unary--* |
| 683 | + expr7 unary plus *expr-unary-+* |
| 684 | |
| 685 | For '!' non-zero becomes zero, zero becomes one. |
| 686 | For '-' the sign of the number is changed. |
| 687 | For '+' the number is unchanged. |
| 688 | |
| 689 | A String will be converted to a Number first. |
| 690 | |
| 691 | These three can be repeated and mixed. Examples: |
| 692 | !-1 == 0 |
| 693 | !!8 == 1 |
| 694 | --9 == 9 |
| 695 | |
| 696 | |
| 697 | expr8 *expr8* |
| 698 | ----- |
Bram Moolenaar | d7ee7ce | 2005-01-03 21:02:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 699 | expr9[expr1] item of String or List *expr-[]* *E111* |
Bram Moolenaar | 071d427 | 2004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 700 | |
Bram Moolenaar | d7ee7ce | 2005-01-03 21:02:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 701 | If expr9 is a Number or String this results in a String that contains the |
| 702 | expr1'th single byte from expr9. expr9 is used as a String, expr1 as a |
| 703 | Number. Note that this doesn't recognize multi-byte encodings. |
Bram Moolenaar | 071d427 | 2004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 704 | |
Bram Moolenaar | d7ee7ce | 2005-01-03 21:02:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 705 | Index zero gives the first character. This is like it works in C. Careful: |
| 706 | text column numbers start with one! Example, to get the character under the |
| 707 | cursor: > |
Bram Moolenaar | 071d427 | 2004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 708 | :let c = getline(line("."))[col(".") - 1] |
| 709 | |
| 710 | If the length of the String is less than the index, the result is an empty |
Bram Moolenaar | d7ee7ce | 2005-01-03 21:02:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 711 | String. A negative index always results in an empty string (reason: backwards |
| 712 | compatibility). Use [-1:] to get the last byte. |
| 713 | |
| 714 | If expr9 is a List then it results the item at index expr1. See |list-index| |
| 715 | for possible index values. If the index is out of range this results in an |
| 716 | error. Example: > |
| 717 | :let item = mylist[-1] " get last item |
| 718 | |
| 719 | Generally, if a List index is equal to or higher than the length of the List, |
| 720 | or more negative than the length of the List, this results in an error. |
| 721 | |
Bram Moolenaar | d8b0273 | 2005-01-14 21:48:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 722 | |
Bram Moolenaar | d7ee7ce | 2005-01-03 21:02:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 723 | expr9[expr1a : expr1b] substring or sublist *expr-[:]* |
| 724 | |
| 725 | If expr9 is a Number or String this results in the substring with the bytes |
| 726 | from expr1a to and including expr1b. expr9 is used as a String, expr1a and |
| 727 | expr1b are used as a Number. Note that this doesn't recognize multi-byte |
| 728 | encodings. |
| 729 | |
| 730 | If expr1a is omitted zero is used. If expr1b is omitted the length of the |
| 731 | string minus one is used. |
| 732 | |
| 733 | A negative number can be used to measure from the end of the string. -1 is |
| 734 | the last character, -2 the last but one, etc. |
| 735 | |
| 736 | If an index goes out of range for the string characters are omitted. If |
| 737 | expr1b is smaller than expr1a the result is an empty string. |
| 738 | |
| 739 | Examples: > |
| 740 | :let c = name[-1:] " last byte of a string |
| 741 | :let c = name[-2:-2] " last but one byte of a string |
| 742 | :let s = line(".")[4:] " from the fifth byte to the end |
| 743 | :let s = s[:-3] " remove last two bytes |
| 744 | |
| 745 | If expr9 is a List this results in a new List with the items indicated by the |
| 746 | indexes expr1a and expr1b. This works like with a String, as explained just |
| 747 | above, except that indexes out of range cause an error. Examples: > |
| 748 | :let l = mylist[:3] " first four items |
| 749 | :let l = mylist[4:4] " List with one item |
| 750 | :let l = mylist[:] " shallow copy of a List |
| 751 | |
| 752 | Using expr9[expr1] or expr9[expr1a : expr1b] on a Funcref results in an error. |
Bram Moolenaar | 071d427 | 2004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 753 | |
Bram Moolenaar | d8b0273 | 2005-01-14 21:48:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 754 | |
| 755 | expr9.name entry in a Dictionary *expr-entry* |
| 756 | |
| 757 | If expr9 is a Dictionary and it is followed by a dot, then the following name |
| 758 | will be used as a key in the Dictionary. This is just like: expr9[name]. |
| 759 | |
| 760 | The name must consist of alphanumeric characters, just like a variable name, |
| 761 | but it may start with a number. Curly braces cannot be used. |
| 762 | |
| 763 | There must not be white space before or after the dot. |
| 764 | |
| 765 | Examples: > |
| 766 | :let dict = {"one": 1, 2: "two"} |
| 767 | :echo dict.one |
| 768 | :echo dict .2 |
| 769 | |
| 770 | Note that the dot is also used for String concatenation. To avoid confusion |
| 771 | always put spaces around the dot for String concatenation. |
| 772 | |
| 773 | |
Bram Moolenaar | 071d427 | 2004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 774 | *expr9* |
| 775 | number |
| 776 | ------ |
| 777 | number number constant *expr-number* |
| 778 | |
| 779 | Decimal, Hexadecimal (starting with 0x or 0X), or Octal (starting with 0). |
| 780 | |
| 781 | |
| 782 | string *expr-string* *E114* |
| 783 | ------ |
| 784 | "string" string constant *expr-quote* |
| 785 | |
| 786 | Note that double quotes are used. |
| 787 | |
| 788 | A string constant accepts these special characters: |
| 789 | \... three-digit octal number (e.g., "\316") |
| 790 | \.. two-digit octal number (must be followed by non-digit) |
| 791 | \. one-digit octal number (must be followed by non-digit) |
| 792 | \x.. byte specified with two hex numbers (e.g., "\x1f") |
| 793 | \x. byte specified with one hex number (must be followed by non-hex char) |
| 794 | \X.. same as \x.. |
| 795 | \X. same as \x. |
| 796 | \u.... character specified with up to 4 hex numbers, stored according to the |
| 797 | current value of 'encoding' (e.g., "\u02a4") |
| 798 | \U.... same as \u.... |
| 799 | \b backspace <BS> |
| 800 | \e escape <Esc> |
| 801 | \f formfeed <FF> |
| 802 | \n newline <NL> |
| 803 | \r return <CR> |
| 804 | \t tab <Tab> |
| 805 | \\ backslash |
| 806 | \" double quote |
| 807 | \<xxx> Special key named "xxx". e.g. "\<C-W>" for CTRL-W. |
| 808 | |
| 809 | Note that "\000" and "\x00" force the end of the string. |
| 810 | |
| 811 | |
| 812 | literal-string *literal-string* *E115* |
| 813 | --------------- |
Bram Moolenaar | 3fdfa4a | 2004-10-07 21:02:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 814 | 'string' string constant *expr-'* |
Bram Moolenaar | 071d427 | 2004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 815 | |
| 816 | Note that single quotes are used. |
| 817 | |
Bram Moolenaar | 3fdfa4a | 2004-10-07 21:02:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 818 | This string is taken as it is. No backslashes are removed or have a special |
Bram Moolenaar | d8b0273 | 2005-01-14 21:48:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 819 | meaning. The only exception is that two quotes stand for one quote. |
Bram Moolenaar | 3fdfa4a | 2004-10-07 21:02:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 820 | |
| 821 | Single quoted strings are useful for patterns, so that backslashes do not need |
| 822 | to be doubled. These two commands are equivalent: > |
| 823 | if a =~ "\\s*" |
| 824 | if a =~ '\s*' |
Bram Moolenaar | 071d427 | 2004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 825 | |
| 826 | |
| 827 | option *expr-option* *E112* *E113* |
| 828 | ------ |
| 829 | &option option value, local value if possible |
| 830 | &g:option global option value |
| 831 | &l:option local option value |
| 832 | |
| 833 | Examples: > |
| 834 | echo "tabstop is " . &tabstop |
| 835 | if &insertmode |
| 836 | |
| 837 | Any option name can be used here. See |options|. When using the local value |
| 838 | and there is no buffer-local or window-local value, the global value is used |
| 839 | anyway. |
| 840 | |
| 841 | |
| 842 | register *expr-register* |
| 843 | -------- |
| 844 | @r contents of register 'r' |
| 845 | |
| 846 | The result is the contents of the named register, as a single string. |
| 847 | Newlines are inserted where required. To get the contents of the unnamed |
| 848 | register use @" or @@. The '=' register can not be used here. See |
| 849 | |registers| for an explanation of the available registers. |
| 850 | |
| 851 | |
| 852 | nesting *expr-nesting* *E110* |
| 853 | ------- |
| 854 | (expr1) nested expression |
| 855 | |
| 856 | |
| 857 | environment variable *expr-env* |
| 858 | -------------------- |
| 859 | $VAR environment variable |
| 860 | |
| 861 | The String value of any environment variable. When it is not defined, the |
| 862 | result is an empty string. |
| 863 | *expr-env-expand* |
| 864 | Note that there is a difference between using $VAR directly and using |
| 865 | expand("$VAR"). Using it directly will only expand environment variables that |
| 866 | are known inside the current Vim session. Using expand() will first try using |
| 867 | the environment variables known inside the current Vim session. If that |
| 868 | fails, a shell will be used to expand the variable. This can be slow, but it |
| 869 | does expand all variables that the shell knows about. Example: > |
| 870 | :echo $version |
| 871 | :echo expand("$version") |
| 872 | The first one probably doesn't echo anything, the second echoes the $version |
| 873 | variable (if your shell supports it). |
| 874 | |
| 875 | |
| 876 | internal variable *expr-variable* |
| 877 | ----------------- |
| 878 | variable internal variable |
| 879 | See below |internal-variables|. |
| 880 | |
| 881 | |
| 882 | function call *expr-function* *E116* *E117* *E118* *E119* *E120* |
| 883 | ------------- |
| 884 | function(expr1, ...) function call |
| 885 | See below |functions|. |
| 886 | |
| 887 | |
| 888 | ============================================================================== |
| 889 | 3. Internal variable *internal-variables* *E121* |
| 890 | *E461* |
| 891 | An internal variable name can be made up of letters, digits and '_'. But it |
| 892 | cannot start with a digit. It's also possible to use curly braces, see |
| 893 | |curly-braces-names|. |
| 894 | |
| 895 | An internal variable is created with the ":let" command |:let|. |
Bram Moolenaar | 9588a0f | 2005-01-08 21:45:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 896 | An internal variable is explicitly destroyed with the ":unlet" command |
| 897 | |:unlet|. |
| 898 | Using a name that is not an internal variable or refers to a variable that has |
| 899 | been destroyed results in an error. |
Bram Moolenaar | 071d427 | 2004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 900 | |
| 901 | There are several name spaces for variables. Which one is to be used is |
| 902 | specified by what is prepended: |
| 903 | |
| 904 | (nothing) In a function: local to a function; otherwise: global |
| 905 | |buffer-variable| b: Local to the current buffer. |
| 906 | |window-variable| w: Local to the current window. |
| 907 | |global-variable| g: Global. |
| 908 | |local-variable| l: Local to a function. |
| 909 | |script-variable| s: Local to a |:source|'ed Vim script. |
| 910 | |function-argument| a: Function argument (only inside a function). |
| 911 | |vim-variable| v: Global, predefined by Vim. |
| 912 | |
| 913 | *buffer-variable* *b:var* |
| 914 | A variable name that is preceded with "b:" is local to the current buffer. |
| 915 | Thus you can have several "b:foo" variables, one for each buffer. |
| 916 | This kind of variable is deleted when the buffer is wiped out or deleted with |
| 917 | |:bdelete|. |
| 918 | |
| 919 | One local buffer variable is predefined: |
| 920 | *b:changedtick-variable* *changetick* |
| 921 | b:changedtick The total number of changes to the current buffer. It is |
| 922 | incremented for each change. An undo command is also a change |
| 923 | in this case. This can be used to perform an action only when |
| 924 | the buffer has changed. Example: > |
| 925 | :if my_changedtick != b:changedtick |
| 926 | : let my_changedtick = b:changedtick |
| 927 | : call My_Update() |
| 928 | :endif |
| 929 | < |
| 930 | *window-variable* *w:var* |
| 931 | A variable name that is preceded with "w:" is local to the current window. It |
| 932 | is deleted when the window is closed. |
| 933 | |
| 934 | *global-variable* *g:var* |
| 935 | Inside functions global variables are accessed with "g:". Omitting this will |
| 936 | access a variable local to a function. But "g:" can also be used in any other |
| 937 | place if you like. |
| 938 | |
| 939 | *local-variable* *l:var* |
| 940 | Inside functions local variables are accessed without prepending anything. |
| 941 | But you can also prepend "l:" if you like. |
| 942 | |
| 943 | *script-variable* *s:var* |
| 944 | In a Vim script variables starting with "s:" can be used. They cannot be |
| 945 | accessed from outside of the scripts, thus are local to the script. |
| 946 | |
| 947 | They can be used in: |
| 948 | - commands executed while the script is sourced |
| 949 | - functions defined in the script |
| 950 | - autocommands defined in the script |
| 951 | - functions and autocommands defined in functions and autocommands which were |
| 952 | defined in the script (recursively) |
| 953 | - user defined commands defined in the script |
| 954 | Thus not in: |
| 955 | - other scripts sourced from this one |
| 956 | - mappings |
| 957 | - etc. |
| 958 | |
| 959 | script variables can be used to avoid conflicts with global variable names. |
| 960 | Take this example: |
| 961 | |
| 962 | let s:counter = 0 |
| 963 | function MyCounter() |
| 964 | let s:counter = s:counter + 1 |
| 965 | echo s:counter |
| 966 | endfunction |
| 967 | command Tick call MyCounter() |
| 968 | |
| 969 | You can now invoke "Tick" from any script, and the "s:counter" variable in |
| 970 | that script will not be changed, only the "s:counter" in the script where |
| 971 | "Tick" was defined is used. |
| 972 | |
| 973 | Another example that does the same: > |
| 974 | |
| 975 | let s:counter = 0 |
| 976 | command Tick let s:counter = s:counter + 1 | echo s:counter |
| 977 | |
| 978 | When calling a function and invoking a user-defined command, the context for |
Bram Moolenaar | 69a7cb4 | 2004-06-20 12:51:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 979 | script variables is set to the script where the function or command was |
Bram Moolenaar | 071d427 | 2004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 980 | defined. |
| 981 | |
| 982 | The script variables are also available when a function is defined inside a |
| 983 | function that is defined in a script. Example: > |
| 984 | |
| 985 | let s:counter = 0 |
| 986 | function StartCounting(incr) |
| 987 | if a:incr |
| 988 | function MyCounter() |
| 989 | let s:counter = s:counter + 1 |
| 990 | endfunction |
| 991 | else |
| 992 | function MyCounter() |
| 993 | let s:counter = s:counter - 1 |
| 994 | endfunction |
| 995 | endif |
| 996 | endfunction |
| 997 | |
| 998 | This defines the MyCounter() function either for counting up or counting down |
| 999 | when calling StartCounting(). It doesn't matter from where StartCounting() is |
| 1000 | called, the s:counter variable will be accessible in MyCounter(). |
| 1001 | |
| 1002 | When the same script is sourced again it will use the same script variables. |
| 1003 | They will remain valid as long as Vim is running. This can be used to |
| 1004 | maintain a counter: > |
| 1005 | |
| 1006 | if !exists("s:counter") |
| 1007 | let s:counter = 1 |
| 1008 | echo "script executed for the first time" |
| 1009 | else |
| 1010 | let s:counter = s:counter + 1 |
| 1011 | echo "script executed " . s:counter . " times now" |
| 1012 | endif |
| 1013 | |
| 1014 | Note that this means that filetype plugins don't get a different set of script |
| 1015 | variables for each buffer. Use local buffer variables instead |b:var|. |
| 1016 | |
| 1017 | |
| 1018 | Predefined Vim variables: *vim-variable* *v:var* |
| 1019 | |
| 1020 | *v:charconvert_from* *charconvert_from-variable* |
| 1021 | v:charconvert_from |
| 1022 | The name of the character encoding of a file to be converted. |
| 1023 | Only valid while evaluating the 'charconvert' option. |
| 1024 | |
| 1025 | *v:charconvert_to* *charconvert_to-variable* |
| 1026 | v:charconvert_to |
| 1027 | The name of the character encoding of a file after conversion. |
| 1028 | Only valid while evaluating the 'charconvert' option. |
| 1029 | |
| 1030 | *v:cmdarg* *cmdarg-variable* |
| 1031 | v:cmdarg This variable is used for two purposes: |
| 1032 | 1. The extra arguments given to a file read/write command. |
| 1033 | Currently these are "++enc=" and "++ff=". This variable is |
| 1034 | set before an autocommand event for a file read/write |
| 1035 | command is triggered. There is a leading space to make it |
| 1036 | possible to append this variable directly after the |
| 1037 | read/write command. Note: The "+cmd" argument isn't |
| 1038 | included here, because it will be executed anyway. |
| 1039 | 2. When printing a PostScript file with ":hardcopy" this is |
| 1040 | the argument for the ":hardcopy" command. This can be used |
| 1041 | in 'printexpr'. |
| 1042 | |
| 1043 | *v:cmdbang* *cmdbang-variable* |
| 1044 | v:cmdbang Set like v:cmdarg for a file read/write command. When a "!" |
| 1045 | was used the value is 1, otherwise it is 0. Note that this |
| 1046 | can only be used in autocommands. For user commands |<bang>| |
| 1047 | can be used. |
| 1048 | |
| 1049 | *v:count* *count-variable* |
| 1050 | v:count The count given for the last Normal mode command. Can be used |
| 1051 | to get the count before a mapping. Read-only. Example: > |
| 1052 | :map _x :<C-U>echo "the count is " . v:count<CR> |
| 1053 | < Note: The <C-U> is required to remove the line range that you |
| 1054 | get when typing ':' after a count. |
| 1055 | "count" also works, for backwards compatibility. |
| 1056 | |
| 1057 | *v:count1* *count1-variable* |
| 1058 | v:count1 Just like "v:count", but defaults to one when no count is |
| 1059 | used. |
| 1060 | |
| 1061 | *v:ctype* *ctype-variable* |
| 1062 | v:ctype The current locale setting for characters of the runtime |
| 1063 | environment. This allows Vim scripts to be aware of the |
| 1064 | current locale encoding. Technical: it's the value of |
| 1065 | LC_CTYPE. When not using a locale the value is "C". |
| 1066 | This variable can not be set directly, use the |:language| |
| 1067 | command. |
| 1068 | See |multi-lang|. |
| 1069 | |
| 1070 | *v:dying* *dying-variable* |
| 1071 | v:dying Normally zero. When a deadly signal is caught it's set to |
| 1072 | one. When multiple signals are caught the number increases. |
| 1073 | Can be used in an autocommand to check if Vim didn't |
| 1074 | terminate normally. {only works on Unix} |
| 1075 | Example: > |
| 1076 | :au VimLeave * if v:dying | echo "\nAAAAaaaarrrggghhhh!!!\n" | endif |
| 1077 | < |
| 1078 | *v:errmsg* *errmsg-variable* |
| 1079 | v:errmsg Last given error message. It's allowed to set this variable. |
| 1080 | Example: > |
| 1081 | :let v:errmsg = "" |
| 1082 | :silent! next |
| 1083 | :if v:errmsg != "" |
| 1084 | : ... handle error |
| 1085 | < "errmsg" also works, for backwards compatibility. |
| 1086 | |
| 1087 | *v:exception* *exception-variable* |
| 1088 | v:exception The value of the exception most recently caught and not |
| 1089 | finished. See also |v:throwpoint| and |throw-variables|. |
| 1090 | Example: > |
| 1091 | :try |
| 1092 | : throw "oops" |
| 1093 | :catch /.*/ |
| 1094 | : echo "caught" v:exception |
| 1095 | :endtry |
| 1096 | < Output: "caught oops". |
| 1097 | |
| 1098 | *v:fname_in* *fname_in-variable* |
| 1099 | v:fname_in The name of the input file. Only valid while evaluating: |
| 1100 | option used for ~ |
| 1101 | 'charconvert' file to be converted |
| 1102 | 'diffexpr' original file |
| 1103 | 'patchexpr' original file |
| 1104 | 'printexpr' file to be printed |
| 1105 | |
| 1106 | *v:fname_out* *fname_out-variable* |
| 1107 | v:fname_out The name of the output file. Only valid while |
| 1108 | evaluating: |
| 1109 | option used for ~ |
| 1110 | 'charconvert' resulting converted file (*) |
| 1111 | 'diffexpr' output of diff |
| 1112 | 'patchexpr' resulting patched file |
| 1113 | (*) When doing conversion for a write command (e.g., ":w |
| 1114 | file") it will be equal to v:fname_in. When doing conversion |
| 1115 | for a read command (e.g., ":e file") it will be a temporary |
| 1116 | file and different from v:fname_in. |
| 1117 | |
| 1118 | *v:fname_new* *fname_new-variable* |
| 1119 | v:fname_new The name of the new version of the file. Only valid while |
| 1120 | evaluating 'diffexpr'. |
| 1121 | |
| 1122 | *v:fname_diff* *fname_diff-variable* |
| 1123 | v:fname_diff The name of the diff (patch) file. Only valid while |
| 1124 | evaluating 'patchexpr'. |
| 1125 | |
| 1126 | *v:folddashes* *folddashes-variable* |
| 1127 | v:folddashes Used for 'foldtext': dashes representing foldlevel of a closed |
| 1128 | fold. |
Bram Moolenaar | 7b0294c | 2004-10-11 10:16:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1129 | Read-only in the |sandbox|. |fold-foldtext| |
Bram Moolenaar | 071d427 | 2004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1130 | |
| 1131 | *v:foldlevel* *foldlevel-variable* |
| 1132 | v:foldlevel Used for 'foldtext': foldlevel of closed fold. |
Bram Moolenaar | 7b0294c | 2004-10-11 10:16:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1133 | Read-only in the |sandbox|. |fold-foldtext| |
Bram Moolenaar | 071d427 | 2004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1134 | |
| 1135 | *v:foldend* *foldend-variable* |
| 1136 | v:foldend Used for 'foldtext': last line of closed fold. |
Bram Moolenaar | 7b0294c | 2004-10-11 10:16:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1137 | Read-only in the |sandbox|. |fold-foldtext| |
Bram Moolenaar | 071d427 | 2004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1138 | |
| 1139 | *v:foldstart* *foldstart-variable* |
| 1140 | v:foldstart Used for 'foldtext': first line of closed fold. |
Bram Moolenaar | 7b0294c | 2004-10-11 10:16:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1141 | Read-only in the |sandbox|. |fold-foldtext| |
Bram Moolenaar | 071d427 | 2004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1142 | |
Bram Moolenaar | 843ee41 | 2004-06-30 16:16:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1143 | *v:insertmode* *insertmode-variable* |
| 1144 | v:insertmode Used for the |InsertEnter| and |InsertChange| autocommand |
| 1145 | events. Values: |
| 1146 | i Insert mode |
| 1147 | r Replace mode |
| 1148 | v Virtual Replace mode |
| 1149 | |
Bram Moolenaar | 071d427 | 2004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1150 | *v:lang* *lang-variable* |
| 1151 | v:lang The current locale setting for messages of the runtime |
| 1152 | environment. This allows Vim scripts to be aware of the |
| 1153 | current language. Technical: it's the value of LC_MESSAGES. |
| 1154 | The value is system dependent. |
| 1155 | This variable can not be set directly, use the |:language| |
| 1156 | command. |
| 1157 | It can be different from |v:ctype| when messages are desired |
| 1158 | in a different language than what is used for character |
| 1159 | encoding. See |multi-lang|. |
| 1160 | |
| 1161 | *v:lc_time* *lc_time-variable* |
| 1162 | v:lc_time The current locale setting for time messages of the runtime |
| 1163 | environment. This allows Vim scripts to be aware of the |
| 1164 | current language. Technical: it's the value of LC_TIME. |
| 1165 | This variable can not be set directly, use the |:language| |
| 1166 | command. See |multi-lang|. |
| 1167 | |
| 1168 | *v:lnum* *lnum-variable* |
Bram Moolenaar | 7b0294c | 2004-10-11 10:16:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1169 | v:lnum Line number for the 'foldexpr' |fold-expr| and 'indentexpr' |
| 1170 | expressions. Only valid while one of these expressions is |
| 1171 | being evaluated. Read-only when in the |sandbox|. |
Bram Moolenaar | 071d427 | 2004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1172 | |
| 1173 | *v:prevcount* *prevcount-variable* |
| 1174 | v:prevcount The count given for the last but one Normal mode command. |
| 1175 | This is the v:count value of the previous command. Useful if |
| 1176 | you want to cancel Visual mode and then use the count. > |
| 1177 | :vmap % <Esc>:call MyFilter(v:prevcount)<CR> |
| 1178 | < Read-only. |
| 1179 | |
| 1180 | *v:progname* *progname-variable* |
| 1181 | v:progname Contains the name (with path removed) with which Vim was |
| 1182 | invoked. Allows you to do special initialisations for "view", |
| 1183 | "evim" etc., or any other name you might symlink to Vim. |
| 1184 | Read-only. |
| 1185 | |
| 1186 | *v:register* *register-variable* |
| 1187 | v:register The name of the register supplied to the last normal mode |
| 1188 | command. Empty if none were supplied. |getreg()| |setreg()| |
| 1189 | |
| 1190 | *v:servername* *servername-variable* |
| 1191 | v:servername The resulting registered |x11-clientserver| name if any. |
| 1192 | Read-only. |
| 1193 | |
| 1194 | *v:shell_error* *shell_error-variable* |
| 1195 | v:shell_error Result of the last shell command. When non-zero, the last |
| 1196 | shell command had an error. When zero, there was no problem. |
| 1197 | This only works when the shell returns the error code to Vim. |
| 1198 | The value -1 is often used when the command could not be |
| 1199 | executed. Read-only. |
| 1200 | Example: > |
| 1201 | :!mv foo bar |
| 1202 | :if v:shell_error |
| 1203 | : echo 'could not rename "foo" to "bar"!' |
| 1204 | :endif |
| 1205 | < "shell_error" also works, for backwards compatibility. |
| 1206 | |
| 1207 | *v:statusmsg* *statusmsg-variable* |
| 1208 | v:statusmsg Last given status message. It's allowed to set this variable. |
| 1209 | |
| 1210 | *v:termresponse* *termresponse-variable* |
| 1211 | v:termresponse The escape sequence returned by the terminal for the |t_RV| |
| 1212 | termcap entry. It is set when Vim receives an escape sequence |
| 1213 | that starts with ESC [ or CSI and ends in a 'c', with only |
| 1214 | digits, ';' and '.' in between. |
| 1215 | When this option is set, the TermResponse autocommand event is |
| 1216 | fired, so that you can react to the response from the |
| 1217 | terminal. |
| 1218 | The response from a new xterm is: "<Esc>[ Pp ; Pv ; Pc c". Pp |
| 1219 | is the terminal type: 0 for vt100 and 1 for vt220. Pv is the |
| 1220 | patch level (since this was introduced in patch 95, it's |
| 1221 | always 95 or bigger). Pc is always zero. |
| 1222 | {only when compiled with |+termresponse| feature} |
| 1223 | |
| 1224 | *v:this_session* *this_session-variable* |
| 1225 | v:this_session Full filename of the last loaded or saved session file. See |
| 1226 | |:mksession|. It is allowed to set this variable. When no |
| 1227 | session file has been saved, this variable is empty. |
| 1228 | "this_session" also works, for backwards compatibility. |
| 1229 | |
| 1230 | *v:throwpoint* *throwpoint-variable* |
| 1231 | v:throwpoint The point where the exception most recently caught and not |
| 1232 | finished was thrown. Not set when commands are typed. See |
| 1233 | also |v:exception| and |throw-variables|. |
| 1234 | Example: > |
| 1235 | :try |
| 1236 | : throw "oops" |
| 1237 | :catch /.*/ |
| 1238 | : echo "Exception from" v:throwpoint |
| 1239 | :endtry |
| 1240 | < Output: "Exception from test.vim, line 2" |
| 1241 | |
| 1242 | *v:version* *version-variable* |
| 1243 | v:version Version number of Vim: Major version number times 100 plus |
| 1244 | minor version number. Version 5.0 is 500. Version 5.1 (5.01) |
| 1245 | is 501. Read-only. "version" also works, for backwards |
| 1246 | compatibility. |
| 1247 | Use |has()| to check if a certain patch was included, e.g.: > |
| 1248 | if has("patch123") |
| 1249 | < Note that patch numbers are specific to the version, thus both |
| 1250 | version 5.0 and 5.1 may have a patch 123, but these are |
| 1251 | completely different. |
| 1252 | |
| 1253 | *v:warningmsg* *warningmsg-variable* |
| 1254 | v:warningmsg Last given warning message. It's allowed to set this variable. |
| 1255 | |
| 1256 | ============================================================================== |
| 1257 | 4. Builtin Functions *functions* |
| 1258 | |
| 1259 | See |function-list| for a list grouped by what the function is used for. |
| 1260 | |
| 1261 | (Use CTRL-] on the function name to jump to the full explanation) |
| 1262 | |
| 1263 | USAGE RESULT DESCRIPTION ~ |
| 1264 | |
Bram Moolenaar | a14de3d | 2005-01-07 21:48:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1265 | add( {list}, {item}) List append {item} to List {list} |
Bram Moolenaar | d7ee7ce | 2005-01-03 21:02:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1266 | append( {lnum}, {string}) Number append {string} below line {lnum} |
Bram Moolenaar | 071d427 | 2004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1267 | argc() Number number of files in the argument list |
Bram Moolenaar | d7ee7ce | 2005-01-03 21:02:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1268 | argidx() Number current index in the argument list |
Bram Moolenaar | 071d427 | 2004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1269 | argv( {nr}) String {nr} entry of the argument list |
| 1270 | browse( {save}, {title}, {initdir}, {default}) |
| 1271 | String put up a file requester |
Bram Moolenaar | 7b0294c | 2004-10-11 10:16:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1272 | browsedir( {title}, {initdir}) String put up a directory requester |
Bram Moolenaar | 071d427 | 2004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1273 | bufexists( {expr}) Number TRUE if buffer {expr} exists |
Bram Moolenaar | d7ee7ce | 2005-01-03 21:02:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1274 | buflisted( {expr}) Number TRUE if buffer {expr} is listed |
| 1275 | bufloaded( {expr}) Number TRUE if buffer {expr} is loaded |
Bram Moolenaar | 071d427 | 2004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1276 | bufname( {expr}) String Name of the buffer {expr} |
| 1277 | bufnr( {expr}) Number Number of the buffer {expr} |
| 1278 | bufwinnr( {expr}) Number window number of buffer {expr} |
| 1279 | byte2line( {byte}) Number line number at byte count {byte} |
Bram Moolenaar | d7ee7ce | 2005-01-03 21:02:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1280 | byteidx( {expr}, {nr}) Number byte index of {nr}'th char in {expr} |
Bram Moolenaar | de8866b | 2005-01-06 23:24:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1281 | call( {func}, {arglist}) any call {func} with arguments {arglist} |
Bram Moolenaar | 071d427 | 2004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1282 | char2nr( {expr}) Number ASCII value of first char in {expr} |
Bram Moolenaar | d7ee7ce | 2005-01-03 21:02:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1283 | cindent( {lnum}) Number C indent for line {lnum} |
Bram Moolenaar | 071d427 | 2004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1284 | col( {expr}) Number column nr of cursor or mark |
| 1285 | confirm( {msg} [, {choices} [, {default} [, {type}]]]) |
| 1286 | Number number of choice picked by user |
Bram Moolenaar | d7ee7ce | 2005-01-03 21:02:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1287 | copy( {expr}) any make a shallow copy of {expr} |
Bram Moolenaar | 5f2bb9f | 2005-01-11 21:29:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1288 | count( {list}, {expr} [, {start} [, {ic}]]) |
| 1289 | Number count how many {expr} are in {list} |
Bram Moolenaar | 071d427 | 2004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1290 | cscope_connection( [{num} , {dbpath} [, {prepend}]]) |
| 1291 | Number checks existence of cscope connection |
Bram Moolenaar | d7ee7ce | 2005-01-03 21:02:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1292 | cursor( {lnum}, {col}) Number position cursor at {lnum}, {col} |
| 1293 | deepcopy( {expr}) any make a full copy of {expr} |
Bram Moolenaar | 071d427 | 2004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1294 | delete( {fname}) Number delete file {fname} |
| 1295 | did_filetype() Number TRUE if FileType autocommand event used |
Bram Moolenaar | d7ee7ce | 2005-01-03 21:02:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1296 | diff_filler( {lnum}) Number diff filler lines about {lnum} |
| 1297 | diff_hlID( {lnum}, {col}) Number diff highlighting at {lnum}/{col} |
Bram Moolenaar | 13065c4 | 2005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1298 | empty( {expr}) Number TRUE if {expr} is empty |
Bram Moolenaar | 071d427 | 2004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1299 | escape( {string}, {chars}) String escape {chars} in {string} with '\' |
Bram Moolenaar | 5f2bb9f | 2005-01-11 21:29:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1300 | eval( {string}) any evaluate {string} into its value |
Bram Moolenaar | d7ee7ce | 2005-01-03 21:02:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1301 | eventhandler( ) Number TRUE if inside an event handler |
Bram Moolenaar | 071d427 | 2004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1302 | executable( {expr}) Number 1 if executable {expr} exists |
| 1303 | exists( {expr}) Number TRUE if {expr} exists |
| 1304 | expand( {expr}) String expand special keywords in {expr} |
| 1305 | filereadable( {file}) Number TRUE if {file} is a readable file |
Bram Moolenaar | 5f2bb9f | 2005-01-11 21:29:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1306 | filter( {list}, {expr}) List remove from {list} where {expr} is 0 |
| 1307 | finddir( {name}[, {path}[, {count}]]) |
| 1308 | String Find directory {name} in {path} |
Bram Moolenaar | 89cb5e0 | 2004-07-19 20:55:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1309 | findfile( {name}[, {path}[, {count}]]) |
Bram Moolenaar | 5f2bb9f | 2005-01-11 21:29:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1310 | String Find file {name} in {path} |
Bram Moolenaar | 071d427 | 2004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1311 | filewritable( {file}) Number TRUE if {file} is a writable file |
| 1312 | fnamemodify( {fname}, {mods}) String modify file name |
Bram Moolenaar | d7ee7ce | 2005-01-03 21:02:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1313 | foldclosed( {lnum}) Number first line of fold at {lnum} if closed |
| 1314 | foldclosedend( {lnum}) Number last line of fold at {lnum} if closed |
Bram Moolenaar | 071d427 | 2004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1315 | foldlevel( {lnum}) Number fold level at {lnum} |
Bram Moolenaar | d7ee7ce | 2005-01-03 21:02:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1316 | foldtext( ) String line displayed for closed fold |
Bram Moolenaar | 071d427 | 2004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1317 | foreground( ) Number bring the Vim window to the foreground |
Bram Moolenaar | d7ee7ce | 2005-01-03 21:02:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1318 | function( {name}) Funcref reference to function {name} |
Bram Moolenaar | a14de3d | 2005-01-07 21:48:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1319 | get( {list}, {idx} [, {def}]) any get item {idx} from {list} or {def} |
Bram Moolenaar | d7ee7ce | 2005-01-03 21:02:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1320 | getchar( [expr]) Number get one character from the user |
| 1321 | getcharmod( ) Number modifiers for the last typed character |
Bram Moolenaar | 071d427 | 2004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1322 | getbufvar( {expr}, {varname}) variable {varname} in buffer {expr} |
| 1323 | getcmdline() String return the current command-line |
| 1324 | getcmdpos() Number return cursor position in command-line |
| 1325 | getcwd() String the current working directory |
Bram Moolenaar | 5eb86f9 | 2004-07-26 12:53:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1326 | getfperm( {fname}) String file permissions of file {fname} |
| 1327 | getfsize( {fname}) Number size in bytes of file {fname} |
Bram Moolenaar | d8b0cf1 | 2004-12-12 11:33:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1328 | getfontname( [{name}]) String name of font being used |
Bram Moolenaar | 071d427 | 2004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1329 | getftime( {fname}) Number last modification time of file |
Bram Moolenaar | 5eb86f9 | 2004-07-26 12:53:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1330 | getftype( {fname}) String description of type of file {fname} |
Bram Moolenaar | 071d427 | 2004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1331 | getline( {lnum}) String line {lnum} from current buffer |
Bram Moolenaar | d7ee7ce | 2005-01-03 21:02:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1332 | getreg( [{regname}]) String contents of register |
| 1333 | getregtype( [{regname}]) String type of register |
Bram Moolenaar | 071d427 | 2004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1334 | getwinposx() Number X coord in pixels of GUI Vim window |
| 1335 | getwinposy() Number Y coord in pixels of GUI Vim window |
| 1336 | getwinvar( {nr}, {varname}) variable {varname} in window {nr} |
| 1337 | glob( {expr}) String expand file wildcards in {expr} |
| 1338 | globpath( {path}, {expr}) String do glob({expr}) for all dirs in {path} |
| 1339 | has( {feature}) Number TRUE if feature {feature} supported |
| 1340 | hasmapto( {what} [, {mode}]) Number TRUE if mapping to {what} exists |
| 1341 | histadd( {history},{item}) String add an item to a history |
| 1342 | histdel( {history} [, {item}]) String remove an item from a history |
| 1343 | histget( {history} [, {index}]) String get the item {index} from a history |
| 1344 | histnr( {history}) Number highest index of a history |
| 1345 | hlexists( {name}) Number TRUE if highlight group {name} exists |
| 1346 | hlID( {name}) Number syntax ID of highlight group {name} |
| 1347 | hostname() String name of the machine Vim is running on |
Bram Moolenaar | d7ee7ce | 2005-01-03 21:02:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1348 | iconv( {expr}, {from}, {to}) String convert encoding of {expr} |
| 1349 | indent( {lnum}) Number indent of line {lnum} |
Bram Moolenaar | 5f2bb9f | 2005-01-11 21:29:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1350 | index( {list}, {expr} [, {start} [, {ic}]]) |
| 1351 | Number index in {list} where {expr} appears |
Bram Moolenaar | 071d427 | 2004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1352 | input( {prompt} [, {text}]) String get input from the user |
| 1353 | inputdialog( {p} [, {t} [, {c}]]) String like input() but in a GUI dialog |
Bram Moolenaar | d7ee7ce | 2005-01-03 21:02:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1354 | inputrestore() Number restore typeahead |
| 1355 | inputsave() Number save and clear typeahead |
Bram Moolenaar | 071d427 | 2004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1356 | inputsecret( {prompt} [, {text}]) String like input() but hiding the text |
Bram Moolenaar | d7ee7ce | 2005-01-03 21:02:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1357 | insert( {list}, {item} [, {idx}]) List insert {item} in {list} [before {idx}] |
Bram Moolenaar | 071d427 | 2004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1358 | isdirectory( {directory}) Number TRUE if {directory} is a directory |
Bram Moolenaar | 5f2bb9f | 2005-01-11 21:29:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1359 | join( {list} [, {sep}]) String join {list} items into one String |
Bram Moolenaar | d8b0273 | 2005-01-14 21:48:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1360 | keys( {dict}) List List of keys in {dict} |
Bram Moolenaar | d7ee7ce | 2005-01-03 21:02:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1361 | len( {expr}) Number the length of {expr} |
| 1362 | libcall( {lib}, {func}, {arg}) String call {func} in library {lib} with {arg} |
Bram Moolenaar | 071d427 | 2004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1363 | libcallnr( {lib}, {func}, {arg}) Number idem, but return a Number |
| 1364 | line( {expr}) Number line nr of cursor, last line or mark |
| 1365 | line2byte( {lnum}) Number byte count of line {lnum} |
Bram Moolenaar | d7ee7ce | 2005-01-03 21:02:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1366 | lispindent( {lnum}) Number Lisp indent for line {lnum} |
Bram Moolenaar | 071d427 | 2004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1367 | localtime() Number current time |
Bram Moolenaar | 5f2bb9f | 2005-01-11 21:29:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1368 | map( {list}, {expr}) List change each item in {list} to {expr} |
Bram Moolenaar | 071d427 | 2004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1369 | maparg( {name}[, {mode}]) String rhs of mapping {name} in mode {mode} |
| 1370 | mapcheck( {name}[, {mode}]) String check for mappings matching {name} |
Bram Moolenaar | 89cb5e0 | 2004-07-19 20:55:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1371 | match( {expr}, {pat}[, {start}[, {count}]]) |
Bram Moolenaar | 071d427 | 2004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1372 | Number position where {pat} matches in {expr} |
Bram Moolenaar | 89cb5e0 | 2004-07-19 20:55:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1373 | matchend( {expr}, {pat}[, {start}[, {count}]]) |
Bram Moolenaar | 071d427 | 2004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1374 | Number position where {pat} ends in {expr} |
Bram Moolenaar | 89cb5e0 | 2004-07-19 20:55:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1375 | matchstr( {expr}, {pat}[, {start}[, {count}]]) |
| 1376 | String {count}'th match of {pat} in {expr} |
Bram Moolenaar | 9588a0f | 2005-01-08 21:45:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1377 | max({list}) Number maximum value of items in {list} |
| 1378 | min({list}) Number minumum value of items in {list} |
Bram Moolenaar | d7ee7ce | 2005-01-03 21:02:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1379 | mode() String current editing mode |
Bram Moolenaar | 071d427 | 2004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1380 | nextnonblank( {lnum}) Number line nr of non-blank line >= {lnum} |
| 1381 | nr2char( {expr}) String single char with ASCII value {expr} |
| 1382 | prevnonblank( {lnum}) Number line nr of non-blank line <= {lnum} |
Bram Moolenaar | d8b0273 | 2005-01-14 21:48:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1383 | range( {expr} [, {max} [, {stride}]]) |
| 1384 | List items from {expr} to {max} |
Bram Moolenaar | 071d427 | 2004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1385 | remote_expr( {server}, {string} [, {idvar}]) |
| 1386 | String send expression |
| 1387 | remote_foreground( {server}) Number bring Vim server to the foreground |
| 1388 | remote_peek( {serverid} [, {retvar}]) |
| 1389 | Number check for reply string |
| 1390 | remote_read( {serverid}) String read reply string |
| 1391 | remote_send( {server}, {string} [, {idvar}]) |
| 1392 | String send key sequence |
Bram Moolenaar | de8866b | 2005-01-06 23:24:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1393 | remove( {list}, {idx} [, {end}]) any remove items {idx}-{end} from {list} |
Bram Moolenaar | d8b0273 | 2005-01-14 21:48:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1394 | remove( {dict}, {key}) any remove entry {key} from {dict} |
Bram Moolenaar | d7ee7ce | 2005-01-03 21:02:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1395 | rename( {from}, {to}) Number rename (move) file from {from} to {to} |
| 1396 | repeat( {expr}, {count}) String repeat {expr} {count} times |
| 1397 | resolve( {filename}) String get filename a shortcut points to |
Bram Moolenaar | a14de3d | 2005-01-07 21:48:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1398 | reverse( {list}) List reverse {list} in-place |
Bram Moolenaar | d7ee7ce | 2005-01-03 21:02:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1399 | search( {pattern} [, {flags}]) Number search for {pattern} |
Bram Moolenaar | 071d427 | 2004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1400 | searchpair( {start}, {middle}, {end} [, {flags} [, {skip}]]) |
Bram Moolenaar | d7ee7ce | 2005-01-03 21:02:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1401 | Number search for other end of start/end pair |
Bram Moolenaar | 071d427 | 2004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1402 | server2client( {clientid}, {string}) |
| 1403 | Number send reply string |
| 1404 | serverlist() String get a list of available servers |
| 1405 | setbufvar( {expr}, {varname}, {val}) set {varname} in buffer {expr} to {val} |
| 1406 | setcmdpos( {pos}) Number set cursor position in command-line |
| 1407 | setline( {lnum}, {line}) Number set line {lnum} to {line} |
Bram Moolenaar | d7ee7ce | 2005-01-03 21:02:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1408 | setreg( {n}, {v}[, {opt}]) Number set register to value and type |
Bram Moolenaar | 071d427 | 2004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1409 | setwinvar( {nr}, {varname}, {val}) set {varname} in window {nr} to {val} |
Bram Moolenaar | d7ee7ce | 2005-01-03 21:02:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1410 | simplify( {filename}) String simplify filename as much as possible |
Bram Moolenaar | a14de3d | 2005-01-07 21:48:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1411 | sort( {list} [, {func}]) List sort {list}, using {func} to compare |
Bram Moolenaar | 5f2bb9f | 2005-01-11 21:29:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1412 | split( {expr} [, {pat}]) List make List from {pat} separated {expr} |
Bram Moolenaar | 071d427 | 2004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1413 | strftime( {format}[, {time}]) String time in specified format |
| 1414 | stridx( {haystack}, {needle}) Number first index of {needle} in {haystack} |
Bram Moolenaar | 5f2bb9f | 2005-01-11 21:29:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1415 | string( {expr}) String String representation of {expr} value |
Bram Moolenaar | 071d427 | 2004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1416 | strlen( {expr}) Number length of the String {expr} |
| 1417 | strpart( {src}, {start}[, {len}]) |
| 1418 | String {len} characters of {src} at {start} |
| 1419 | strridx( {haystack}, {needle}) Number last index of {needle} in {haystack} |
| 1420 | strtrans( {expr}) String translate string to make it printable |
Bram Moolenaar | d7ee7ce | 2005-01-03 21:02:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1421 | submatch( {nr}) String specific match in ":substitute" |
Bram Moolenaar | 071d427 | 2004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1422 | substitute( {expr}, {pat}, {sub}, {flags}) |
| 1423 | String all {pat} in {expr} replaced with {sub} |
Bram Moolenaar | 47136d7 | 2004-10-12 20:02:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1424 | synID( {lnum}, {col}, {trans}) Number syntax ID at {lnum} and {col} |
Bram Moolenaar | 071d427 | 2004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1425 | synIDattr( {synID}, {what} [, {mode}]) |
| 1426 | String attribute {what} of syntax ID {synID} |
| 1427 | synIDtrans( {synID}) Number translated syntax ID of {synID} |
Bram Moolenaar | c0197e2 | 2004-09-13 20:26:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1428 | system( {expr} [, {input}]) String output of shell command/filter {expr} |
Bram Moolenaar | 071d427 | 2004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1429 | tempname() String name for a temporary file |
| 1430 | tolower( {expr}) String the String {expr} switched to lowercase |
| 1431 | toupper( {expr}) String the String {expr} switched to uppercase |
Bram Moolenaar | 8299df9 | 2004-07-10 09:47:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1432 | tr( {src}, {fromstr}, {tostr}) String translate chars of {src} in {fromstr} |
| 1433 | to chars in {tostr} |
Bram Moolenaar | 071d427 | 2004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1434 | type( {name}) Number type of variable {name} |
| 1435 | virtcol( {expr}) Number screen column of cursor or mark |
| 1436 | visualmode( [expr]) String last visual mode used |
| 1437 | winbufnr( {nr}) Number buffer number of window {nr} |
| 1438 | wincol() Number window column of the cursor |
| 1439 | winheight( {nr}) Number height of window {nr} |
| 1440 | winline() Number window line of the cursor |
| 1441 | winnr() Number number of current window |
Bram Moolenaar | d7ee7ce | 2005-01-03 21:02:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1442 | winrestcmd() String returns command to restore window sizes |
Bram Moolenaar | 071d427 | 2004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1443 | winwidth( {nr}) Number width of window {nr} |
| 1444 | |
Bram Moolenaar | a14de3d | 2005-01-07 21:48:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1445 | add({list}, {expr}) *add()* |
| 1446 | Append the item {expr} to List {list}. Returns the resulting |
| 1447 | List. Examples: > |
| 1448 | :let alist = add([1, 2, 3], item) |
| 1449 | :call add(mylist, "woodstock") |
| 1450 | < Note that when {expr} is a List it is appended as a single |
Bram Moolenaar | d7ee7ce | 2005-01-03 21:02:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1451 | item. Use |extend()| to concatenate Lists. |
Bram Moolenaar | 13065c4 | 2005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1452 | Use |insert()| to add an item at another position. |
Bram Moolenaar | 071d427 | 2004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1453 | |
Bram Moolenaar | a14de3d | 2005-01-07 21:48:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1454 | |
| 1455 | append({lnum}, {expr}) *append()* |
| 1456 | When {expr} is a List: Append each item of the list as a text |
| 1457 | line below line {lnum} in the current buffer. |
| 1458 | Otherwise append the text line {expr} below line {lnum} in the |
| 1459 | current buffer. |
| 1460 | {lnum} can be zero, to insert a line before the first one. |
| 1461 | Returns 1 for failure ({lnum} out of range or out of memory), |
| 1462 | 0 for success. Example: > |
Bram Moolenaar | d7ee7ce | 2005-01-03 21:02:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1463 | :let failed = append(line('$'), "# THE END") |
Bram Moolenaar | a14de3d | 2005-01-07 21:48:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1464 | :let failed = append(0, ["Chapter 1", "the beginning"]) |
Bram Moolenaar | d7ee7ce | 2005-01-03 21:02:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1465 | < |
Bram Moolenaar | 071d427 | 2004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1466 | *argc()* |
| 1467 | argc() The result is the number of files in the argument list of the |
| 1468 | current window. See |arglist|. |
| 1469 | |
| 1470 | *argidx()* |
| 1471 | argidx() The result is the current index in the argument list. 0 is |
| 1472 | the first file. argc() - 1 is the last one. See |arglist|. |
| 1473 | |
| 1474 | *argv()* |
| 1475 | argv({nr}) The result is the {nr}th file in the argument list of the |
| 1476 | current window. See |arglist|. "argv(0)" is the first one. |
| 1477 | Example: > |
| 1478 | :let i = 0 |
| 1479 | :while i < argc() |
| 1480 | : let f = escape(argv(i), '. ') |
| 1481 | : exe 'amenu Arg.' . f . ' :e ' . f . '<CR>' |
| 1482 | : let i = i + 1 |
| 1483 | :endwhile |
| 1484 | < |
| 1485 | *browse()* |
| 1486 | browse({save}, {title}, {initdir}, {default}) |
| 1487 | Put up a file requester. This only works when "has("browse")" |
| 1488 | returns non-zero (only in some GUI versions). |
| 1489 | The input fields are: |
| 1490 | {save} when non-zero, select file to write |
| 1491 | {title} title for the requester |
| 1492 | {initdir} directory to start browsing in |
| 1493 | {default} default file name |
| 1494 | When the "Cancel" button is hit, something went wrong, or |
| 1495 | browsing is not possible, an empty string is returned. |
| 1496 | |
Bram Moolenaar | 7b0294c | 2004-10-11 10:16:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1497 | *browsedir()* |
| 1498 | browsedir({title}, {initdir}) |
| 1499 | Put up a directory requester. This only works when |
| 1500 | "has("browse")" returns non-zero (only in some GUI versions). |
| 1501 | On systems where a directory browser is not supported a file |
| 1502 | browser is used. In that case: select a file in the directory |
| 1503 | to be used. |
| 1504 | The input fields are: |
| 1505 | {title} title for the requester |
| 1506 | {initdir} directory to start browsing in |
| 1507 | When the "Cancel" button is hit, something went wrong, or |
| 1508 | browsing is not possible, an empty string is returned. |
| 1509 | |
Bram Moolenaar | 071d427 | 2004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1510 | bufexists({expr}) *bufexists()* |
| 1511 | The result is a Number, which is non-zero if a buffer called |
| 1512 | {expr} exists. |
Bram Moolenaar | 69a7cb4 | 2004-06-20 12:51:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1513 | If the {expr} argument is a number, buffer numbers are used. |
Bram Moolenaar | 071d427 | 2004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1514 | If the {expr} argument is a string it must match a buffer name |
Bram Moolenaar | 69a7cb4 | 2004-06-20 12:51:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1515 | exactly. The name can be: |
| 1516 | - Relative to the current directory. |
| 1517 | - A full path. |
| 1518 | - The name of a buffer with 'filetype' set to "nofile". |
| 1519 | - A URL name. |
Bram Moolenaar | 071d427 | 2004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1520 | Unlisted buffers will be found. |
| 1521 | Note that help files are listed by their short name in the |
| 1522 | output of |:buffers|, but bufexists() requires using their |
| 1523 | long name to be able to find them. |
| 1524 | Use "bufexists(0)" to test for the existence of an alternate |
| 1525 | file name. |
| 1526 | *buffer_exists()* |
| 1527 | Obsolete name: buffer_exists(). |
| 1528 | |
| 1529 | buflisted({expr}) *buflisted()* |
| 1530 | The result is a Number, which is non-zero if a buffer called |
| 1531 | {expr} exists and is listed (has the 'buflisted' option set). |
Bram Moolenaar | 69a7cb4 | 2004-06-20 12:51:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1532 | The {expr} argument is used like with |bufexists()|. |
Bram Moolenaar | 071d427 | 2004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1533 | |
| 1534 | bufloaded({expr}) *bufloaded()* |
| 1535 | The result is a Number, which is non-zero if a buffer called |
| 1536 | {expr} exists and is loaded (shown in a window or hidden). |
Bram Moolenaar | 69a7cb4 | 2004-06-20 12:51:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1537 | The {expr} argument is used like with |bufexists()|. |
Bram Moolenaar | 071d427 | 2004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1538 | |
| 1539 | bufname({expr}) *bufname()* |
| 1540 | The result is the name of a buffer, as it is displayed by the |
| 1541 | ":ls" command. |
| 1542 | If {expr} is a Number, that buffer number's name is given. |
| 1543 | Number zero is the alternate buffer for the current window. |
| 1544 | If {expr} is a String, it is used as a |file-pattern| to match |
| 1545 | with the buffer names. This is always done like 'magic' is |
| 1546 | set and 'cpoptions' is empty. When there is more than one |
| 1547 | match an empty string is returned. |
| 1548 | "" or "%" can be used for the current buffer, "#" for the |
| 1549 | alternate buffer. |
| 1550 | A full match is preferred, otherwise a match at the start, end |
| 1551 | or middle of the buffer name is accepted. |
| 1552 | Listed buffers are found first. If there is a single match |
| 1553 | with a listed buffer, that one is returned. Next unlisted |
| 1554 | buffers are searched for. |
| 1555 | If the {expr} is a String, but you want to use it as a buffer |
| 1556 | number, force it to be a Number by adding zero to it: > |
| 1557 | :echo bufname("3" + 0) |
| 1558 | < If the buffer doesn't exist, or doesn't have a name, an empty |
| 1559 | string is returned. > |
| 1560 | bufname("#") alternate buffer name |
| 1561 | bufname(3) name of buffer 3 |
| 1562 | bufname("%") name of current buffer |
| 1563 | bufname("file2") name of buffer where "file2" matches. |
| 1564 | < *buffer_name()* |
| 1565 | Obsolete name: buffer_name(). |
| 1566 | |
| 1567 | *bufnr()* |
| 1568 | bufnr({expr}) The result is the number of a buffer, as it is displayed by |
| 1569 | the ":ls" command. For the use of {expr}, see |bufname()| |
| 1570 | above. If the buffer doesn't exist, -1 is returned. |
| 1571 | bufnr("$") is the last buffer: > |
| 1572 | :let last_buffer = bufnr("$") |
| 1573 | < The result is a Number, which is the highest buffer number |
| 1574 | of existing buffers. Note that not all buffers with a smaller |
| 1575 | number necessarily exist, because ":bwipeout" may have removed |
| 1576 | them. Use bufexists() to test for the existence of a buffer. |
| 1577 | *buffer_number()* |
| 1578 | Obsolete name: buffer_number(). |
| 1579 | *last_buffer_nr()* |
| 1580 | Obsolete name for bufnr("$"): last_buffer_nr(). |
| 1581 | |
| 1582 | bufwinnr({expr}) *bufwinnr()* |
| 1583 | The result is a Number, which is the number of the first |
| 1584 | window associated with buffer {expr}. For the use of {expr}, |
| 1585 | see |bufname()| above. If buffer {expr} doesn't exist or |
| 1586 | there is no such window, -1 is returned. Example: > |
| 1587 | |
| 1588 | echo "A window containing buffer 1 is " . (bufwinnr(1)) |
| 1589 | |
| 1590 | < The number can be used with |CTRL-W_w| and ":wincmd w" |
| 1591 | |:wincmd|. |
| 1592 | |
| 1593 | |
| 1594 | byte2line({byte}) *byte2line()* |
| 1595 | Return the line number that contains the character at byte |
| 1596 | count {byte} in the current buffer. This includes the |
| 1597 | end-of-line character, depending on the 'fileformat' option |
| 1598 | for the current buffer. The first character has byte count |
| 1599 | one. |
| 1600 | Also see |line2byte()|, |go| and |:goto|. |
| 1601 | {not available when compiled without the |+byte_offset| |
| 1602 | feature} |
| 1603 | |
Bram Moolenaar | ab79bcb | 2004-07-18 21:34:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1604 | byteidx({expr}, {nr}) *byteidx()* |
| 1605 | Return byte index of the {nr}'th character in the string |
| 1606 | {expr}. Use zero for the first character, it returns zero. |
| 1607 | This function is only useful when there are multibyte |
| 1608 | characters, otherwise the returned value is equal to {nr}. |
| 1609 | Composing characters are counted as a separate character. |
| 1610 | Example : > |
| 1611 | echo matchstr(str, ".", byteidx(str, 3)) |
| 1612 | < will display the fourth character. Another way to do the |
| 1613 | same: > |
| 1614 | let s = strpart(str, byteidx(str, 3)) |
| 1615 | echo strpart(s, 0, byteidx(s, 1)) |
| 1616 | < If there are less than {nr} characters -1 is returned. |
| 1617 | If there are exactly {nr} characters the length of the string |
| 1618 | is returned. |
| 1619 | |
Bram Moolenaar | 13065c4 | 2005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1620 | call({func}, {arglist}) *call()* *E699* |
Bram Moolenaar | de8866b | 2005-01-06 23:24:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1621 | Call function {func} with the items in List {arglist} as |
| 1622 | arguments. |
| 1623 | {func} can either be a Funcref or the name of a function. |
| 1624 | a:firstline and a:lastline are set to the cursor line. |
| 1625 | Returns the return value of the called function. |
| 1626 | |
Bram Moolenaar | 071d427 | 2004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1627 | char2nr({expr}) *char2nr()* |
| 1628 | Return number value of the first char in {expr}. Examples: > |
| 1629 | char2nr(" ") returns 32 |
| 1630 | char2nr("ABC") returns 65 |
| 1631 | < The current 'encoding' is used. Example for "utf-8": > |
| 1632 | char2nr("á") returns 225 |
| 1633 | char2nr("á"[0]) returns 195 |
| 1634 | |
| 1635 | cindent({lnum}) *cindent()* |
| 1636 | Get the amount of indent for line {lnum} according the C |
| 1637 | indenting rules, as with 'cindent'. |
| 1638 | The indent is counted in spaces, the value of 'tabstop' is |
| 1639 | relevant. {lnum} is used just like in |getline()|. |
| 1640 | When {lnum} is invalid or Vim was not compiled the |+cindent| |
| 1641 | feature, -1 is returned. |
| 1642 | |
| 1643 | *col()* |
Bram Moolenaar | c0197e2 | 2004-09-13 20:26:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1644 | col({expr}) The result is a Number, which is the byte index of the column |
Bram Moolenaar | 071d427 | 2004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1645 | position given with {expr}. The accepted positions are: |
| 1646 | . the cursor position |
| 1647 | $ the end of the cursor line (the result is the |
| 1648 | number of characters in the cursor line plus one) |
| 1649 | 'x position of mark x (if the mark is not set, 0 is |
| 1650 | returned) |
| 1651 | For the screen column position use |virtcol()|. |
| 1652 | Note that only marks in the current file can be used. |
| 1653 | Examples: > |
| 1654 | col(".") column of cursor |
| 1655 | col("$") length of cursor line plus one |
| 1656 | col("'t") column of mark t |
| 1657 | col("'" . markname) column of mark markname |
| 1658 | < The first column is 1. 0 is returned for an error. |
| 1659 | For the cursor position, when 'virtualedit' is active, the |
| 1660 | column is one higher if the cursor is after the end of the |
| 1661 | line. This can be used to obtain the column in Insert mode: > |
| 1662 | :imap <F2> <C-O>:let save_ve = &ve<CR> |
| 1663 | \<C-O>:set ve=all<CR> |
| 1664 | \<C-O>:echo col(".") . "\n" <Bar> |
| 1665 | \let &ve = save_ve<CR> |
| 1666 | < |
| 1667 | *confirm()* |
| 1668 | confirm({msg} [, {choices} [, {default} [, {type}]]]) |
| 1669 | Confirm() offers the user a dialog, from which a choice can be |
| 1670 | made. It returns the number of the choice. For the first |
| 1671 | choice this is 1. |
| 1672 | Note: confirm() is only supported when compiled with dialog |
| 1673 | support, see |+dialog_con| and |+dialog_gui|. |
| 1674 | {msg} is displayed in a |dialog| with {choices} as the |
| 1675 | alternatives. When {choices} is missing or empty, "&OK" is |
| 1676 | used (and translated). |
| 1677 | {msg} is a String, use '\n' to include a newline. Only on |
| 1678 | some systems the string is wrapped when it doesn't fit. |
| 1679 | {choices} is a String, with the individual choices separated |
| 1680 | by '\n', e.g. > |
| 1681 | confirm("Save changes?", "&Yes\n&No\n&Cancel") |
| 1682 | < The letter after the '&' is the shortcut key for that choice. |
| 1683 | Thus you can type 'c' to select "Cancel". The shortcut does |
| 1684 | not need to be the first letter: > |
| 1685 | confirm("file has been modified", "&Save\nSave &All") |
| 1686 | < For the console, the first letter of each choice is used as |
| 1687 | the default shortcut key. |
| 1688 | The optional {default} argument is the number of the choice |
| 1689 | that is made if the user hits <CR>. Use 1 to make the first |
| 1690 | choice the default one. Use 0 to not set a default. If |
| 1691 | {default} is omitted, 1 is used. |
| 1692 | The optional {type} argument gives the type of dialog. This |
| 1693 | is only used for the icon of the Win32 GUI. It can be one of |
| 1694 | these values: "Error", "Question", "Info", "Warning" or |
| 1695 | "Generic". Only the first character is relevant. When {type} |
| 1696 | is omitted, "Generic" is used. |
| 1697 | If the user aborts the dialog by pressing <Esc>, CTRL-C, |
| 1698 | or another valid interrupt key, confirm() returns 0. |
| 1699 | |
| 1700 | An example: > |
| 1701 | :let choice = confirm("What do you want?", "&Apples\n&Oranges\n&Bananas", 2) |
| 1702 | :if choice == 0 |
| 1703 | : echo "make up your mind!" |
| 1704 | :elseif choice == 3 |
| 1705 | : echo "tasteful" |
| 1706 | :else |
| 1707 | : echo "I prefer bananas myself." |
| 1708 | :endif |
| 1709 | < In a GUI dialog, buttons are used. The layout of the buttons |
| 1710 | depends on the 'v' flag in 'guioptions'. If it is included, |
| 1711 | the buttons are always put vertically. Otherwise, confirm() |
| 1712 | tries to put the buttons in one horizontal line. If they |
| 1713 | don't fit, a vertical layout is used anyway. For some systems |
| 1714 | the horizontal layout is always used. |
| 1715 | |
Bram Moolenaar | d7ee7ce | 2005-01-03 21:02:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1716 | *copy()* |
| 1717 | copy({expr}) Make a copy of {expr}. For Numbers and Strings this isn't |
| 1718 | different from using {expr} directly. |
| 1719 | When {expr} is a List a shallow copy is created. This means |
| 1720 | that the original List can be changed without changing the |
| 1721 | copy, and vise versa. But the items are identical, thus |
| 1722 | changing an item changes the contents of both Lists. Also see |
| 1723 | |deepcopy()|. |
| 1724 | |
Bram Moolenaar | 5f2bb9f | 2005-01-11 21:29:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1725 | count({list}, {expr} [, {start} [, {ic}]]) *count()* |
Bram Moolenaar | de8866b | 2005-01-06 23:24:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1726 | Return the number of times an item with value {expr} appears |
| 1727 | in List {list}. |
Bram Moolenaar | 5f2bb9f | 2005-01-11 21:29:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1728 | If {start} is given then don't count items with a lower index. |
Bram Moolenaar | de8866b | 2005-01-06 23:24:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1729 | When {ic} is given and it's non-zero then case is ignored. |
| 1730 | |
| 1731 | |
Bram Moolenaar | 071d427 | 2004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1732 | *cscope_connection()* |
| 1733 | cscope_connection([{num} , {dbpath} [, {prepend}]]) |
| 1734 | Checks for the existence of a |cscope| connection. If no |
| 1735 | parameters are specified, then the function returns: |
| 1736 | 0, if cscope was not available (not compiled in), or |
| 1737 | if there are no cscope connections; |
| 1738 | 1, if there is at least one cscope connection. |
| 1739 | |
| 1740 | If parameters are specified, then the value of {num} |
| 1741 | determines how existence of a cscope connection is checked: |
| 1742 | |
| 1743 | {num} Description of existence check |
| 1744 | ----- ------------------------------ |
| 1745 | 0 Same as no parameters (e.g., "cscope_connection()"). |
| 1746 | 1 Ignore {prepend}, and use partial string matches for |
| 1747 | {dbpath}. |
| 1748 | 2 Ignore {prepend}, and use exact string matches for |
| 1749 | {dbpath}. |
| 1750 | 3 Use {prepend}, use partial string matches for both |
| 1751 | {dbpath} and {prepend}. |
| 1752 | 4 Use {prepend}, use exact string matches for both |
| 1753 | {dbpath} and {prepend}. |
| 1754 | |
| 1755 | Note: All string comparisons are case sensitive! |
| 1756 | |
| 1757 | Examples. Suppose we had the following (from ":cs show"): > |
| 1758 | |
| 1759 | # pid database name prepend path |
| 1760 | 0 27664 cscope.out /usr/local |
| 1761 | < |
| 1762 | Invocation Return Val ~ |
| 1763 | ---------- ---------- > |
| 1764 | cscope_connection() 1 |
| 1765 | cscope_connection(1, "out") 1 |
| 1766 | cscope_connection(2, "out") 0 |
| 1767 | cscope_connection(3, "out") 0 |
| 1768 | cscope_connection(3, "out", "local") 1 |
| 1769 | cscope_connection(4, "out") 0 |
| 1770 | cscope_connection(4, "out", "local") 0 |
| 1771 | cscope_connection(4, "cscope.out", "/usr/local") 1 |
| 1772 | < |
| 1773 | cursor({lnum}, {col}) *cursor()* |
| 1774 | Positions the cursor at the column {col} in the line {lnum}. |
| 1775 | Does not change the jumplist. |
| 1776 | If {lnum} is greater than the number of lines in the buffer, |
| 1777 | the cursor will be positioned at the last line in the buffer. |
| 1778 | If {lnum} is zero, the cursor will stay in the current line. |
| 1779 | If {col} is greater than the number of characters in the line, |
| 1780 | the cursor will be positioned at the last character in the |
| 1781 | line. |
| 1782 | If {col} is zero, the cursor will stay in the current column. |
| 1783 | |
Bram Moolenaar | d7ee7ce | 2005-01-03 21:02:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1784 | |
Bram Moolenaar | 13065c4 | 2005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1785 | deepcopy({expr}) *deepcopy()* *E698* |
Bram Moolenaar | d7ee7ce | 2005-01-03 21:02:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1786 | Make a copy of {expr}. For Numbers and Strings this isn't |
| 1787 | different from using {expr} directly. |
| 1788 | When {expr} is a List a full copy is created. This means |
| 1789 | that the original List can be changed without changing the |
| 1790 | copy, and vise versa. When an item is a List, a copy for it |
| 1791 | is made, recursively. Thus changing an item in the copy does |
| 1792 | not change the contents of the original List. |
| 1793 | Also see |copy()|. |
| 1794 | |
| 1795 | delete({fname}) *delete()* |
| 1796 | Deletes the file by the name {fname}. The result is a Number, |
Bram Moolenaar | 071d427 | 2004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1797 | which is 0 if the file was deleted successfully, and non-zero |
| 1798 | when the deletion failed. |
Bram Moolenaar | d7ee7ce | 2005-01-03 21:02:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1799 | Use |remove()| to delete an item from a List. |
Bram Moolenaar | 071d427 | 2004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1800 | |
| 1801 | *did_filetype()* |
| 1802 | did_filetype() Returns non-zero when autocommands are being executed and the |
| 1803 | FileType event has been triggered at least once. Can be used |
| 1804 | to avoid triggering the FileType event again in the scripts |
| 1805 | that detect the file type. |FileType| |
| 1806 | When editing another file, the counter is reset, thus this |
| 1807 | really checks if the FileType event has been triggered for the |
| 1808 | current buffer. This allows an autocommand that starts |
| 1809 | editing another buffer to set 'filetype' and load a syntax |
| 1810 | file. |
| 1811 | |
Bram Moolenaar | 47136d7 | 2004-10-12 20:02:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1812 | diff_filler({lnum}) *diff_filler()* |
| 1813 | Returns the number of filler lines above line {lnum}. |
| 1814 | These are the lines that were inserted at this point in |
| 1815 | another diff'ed window. These filler lines are shown in the |
| 1816 | display but don't exist in the buffer. |
| 1817 | {lnum} is used like with |getline()|. Thus "." is the current |
| 1818 | line, "'m" mark m, etc. |
| 1819 | Returns 0 if the current window is not in diff mode. |
| 1820 | |
| 1821 | diff_hlID({lnum}, {col}) *diff_hlID()* |
| 1822 | Returns the highlight ID for diff mode at line {lnum} column |
| 1823 | {col} (byte index). When the current line does not have a |
| 1824 | diff change zero is returned. |
| 1825 | {lnum} is used like with |getline()|. Thus "." is the current |
| 1826 | line, "'m" mark m, etc. |
| 1827 | {col} is 1 for the leftmost column, {lnum} is 1 for the first |
| 1828 | line. |
| 1829 | The highlight ID can be used with |synIDattr()| to obtain |
| 1830 | syntax information about the highlighting. |
| 1831 | |
Bram Moolenaar | 13065c4 | 2005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1832 | empty({expr}) *empty()* |
| 1833 | Return the Number 1 if {expr} is empty, zero otherwise. |
| 1834 | A List is empty when it does not have any items. |
| 1835 | A Number is empty when its value is zero. |
| 1836 | For a long List this is much faster then comparing the length |
| 1837 | with zero. |
| 1838 | |
Bram Moolenaar | 071d427 | 2004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1839 | escape({string}, {chars}) *escape()* |
| 1840 | Escape the characters in {chars} that occur in {string} with a |
| 1841 | backslash. Example: > |
| 1842 | :echo escape('c:\program files\vim', ' \') |
| 1843 | < results in: > |
| 1844 | c:\\program\ files\\vim |
Bram Moolenaar | 5f2bb9f | 2005-01-11 21:29:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1845 | |
| 1846 | < *eval()* |
| 1847 | eval({string}) Evaluate {string} and return the result. Especially useful to |
| 1848 | turn the result of |string()| back into the original value. |
| 1849 | This works for Numbers, Strings and composites of them. |
| 1850 | Also works for Funcrefs that refer to existing functions. |
| 1851 | |
Bram Moolenaar | 071d427 | 2004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1852 | eventhandler() *eventhandler()* |
| 1853 | Returns 1 when inside an event handler. That is that Vim got |
| 1854 | interrupted while waiting for the user to type a character, |
| 1855 | e.g., when dropping a file on Vim. This means interactive |
| 1856 | commands cannot be used. Otherwise zero is returned. |
| 1857 | |
| 1858 | executable({expr}) *executable()* |
| 1859 | This function checks if an executable with the name {expr} |
| 1860 | exists. {expr} must be the name of the program without any |
Bram Moolenaar | f4b8e57 | 2004-06-24 15:53:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1861 | arguments. |
| 1862 | executable() uses the value of $PATH and/or the normal |
| 1863 | searchpath for programs. *PATHEXT* |
| 1864 | On MS-DOS and MS-Windows the ".exe", ".bat", etc. can |
| 1865 | optionally be included. Then the extensions in $PATHEXT are |
| 1866 | tried. Thus if "foo.exe" does not exist, "foo.exe.bat" can be |
| 1867 | found. If $PATHEXT is not set then ".exe;.com;.bat;.cmd" is |
| 1868 | used. A dot by itself can be used in $PATHEXT to try using |
| 1869 | the name without an extension. When 'shell' looks like a |
| 1870 | Unix shell, then the name is also tried without adding an |
| 1871 | extension. |
| 1872 | On MS-DOS and MS-Windows it only checks if the file exists and |
| 1873 | is not a directory, not if it's really executable. |
Bram Moolenaar | 071d427 | 2004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1874 | The result is a Number: |
| 1875 | 1 exists |
| 1876 | 0 does not exist |
| 1877 | -1 not implemented on this system |
| 1878 | |
| 1879 | *exists()* |
| 1880 | exists({expr}) The result is a Number, which is non-zero if {expr} is |
| 1881 | defined, zero otherwise. The {expr} argument is a string, |
| 1882 | which contains one of these: |
| 1883 | &option-name Vim option (only checks if it exists, |
| 1884 | not if it really works) |
| 1885 | +option-name Vim option that works. |
| 1886 | $ENVNAME environment variable (could also be |
| 1887 | done by comparing with an empty |
| 1888 | string) |
| 1889 | *funcname built-in function (see |functions|) |
| 1890 | or user defined function (see |
| 1891 | |user-functions|). |
| 1892 | varname internal variable (see |
| 1893 | |internal-variables|). Does not work |
| 1894 | for |curly-braces-names|. |
| 1895 | :cmdname Ex command: built-in command, user |
| 1896 | command or command modifier |:command|. |
| 1897 | Returns: |
| 1898 | 1 for match with start of a command |
| 1899 | 2 full match with a command |
| 1900 | 3 matches several user commands |
| 1901 | To check for a supported command |
| 1902 | always check the return value to be 2. |
| 1903 | #event autocommand defined for this event |
| 1904 | #event#pattern autocommand defined for this event and |
| 1905 | pattern (the pattern is taken |
| 1906 | literally and compared to the |
| 1907 | autocommand patterns character by |
| 1908 | character) |
| 1909 | For checking for a supported feature use |has()|. |
| 1910 | |
| 1911 | Examples: > |
| 1912 | exists("&shortname") |
| 1913 | exists("$HOSTNAME") |
| 1914 | exists("*strftime") |
| 1915 | exists("*s:MyFunc") |
| 1916 | exists("bufcount") |
| 1917 | exists(":Make") |
| 1918 | exists("#CursorHold"); |
| 1919 | exists("#BufReadPre#*.gz") |
| 1920 | < There must be no space between the symbol (&/$/*/#) and the |
| 1921 | name. |
| 1922 | Note that the argument must be a string, not the name of the |
| 1923 | variable itself! For example: > |
| 1924 | exists(bufcount) |
| 1925 | < This doesn't check for existence of the "bufcount" variable, |
| 1926 | but gets the contents of "bufcount", and checks if that |
| 1927 | exists. |
| 1928 | |
| 1929 | expand({expr} [, {flag}]) *expand()* |
| 1930 | Expand wildcards and the following special keywords in {expr}. |
| 1931 | The result is a String. |
| 1932 | |
| 1933 | When there are several matches, they are separated by <NL> |
| 1934 | characters. [Note: in version 5.0 a space was used, which |
| 1935 | caused problems when a file name contains a space] |
| 1936 | |
| 1937 | If the expansion fails, the result is an empty string. A name |
| 1938 | for a non-existing file is not included. |
| 1939 | |
| 1940 | When {expr} starts with '%', '#' or '<', the expansion is done |
| 1941 | like for the |cmdline-special| variables with their associated |
| 1942 | modifiers. Here is a short overview: |
| 1943 | |
| 1944 | % current file name |
| 1945 | # alternate file name |
| 1946 | #n alternate file name n |
| 1947 | <cfile> file name under the cursor |
| 1948 | <afile> autocmd file name |
| 1949 | <abuf> autocmd buffer number (as a String!) |
| 1950 | <amatch> autocmd matched name |
| 1951 | <sfile> sourced script file name |
| 1952 | <cword> word under the cursor |
| 1953 | <cWORD> WORD under the cursor |
| 1954 | <client> the {clientid} of the last received |
| 1955 | message |server2client()| |
| 1956 | Modifiers: |
| 1957 | :p expand to full path |
| 1958 | :h head (last path component removed) |
| 1959 | :t tail (last path component only) |
| 1960 | :r root (one extension removed) |
| 1961 | :e extension only |
| 1962 | |
| 1963 | Example: > |
| 1964 | :let &tags = expand("%:p:h") . "/tags" |
| 1965 | < Note that when expanding a string that starts with '%', '#' or |
| 1966 | '<', any following text is ignored. This does NOT work: > |
| 1967 | :let doesntwork = expand("%:h.bak") |
| 1968 | < Use this: > |
| 1969 | :let doeswork = expand("%:h") . ".bak" |
| 1970 | < Also note that expanding "<cfile>" and others only returns the |
| 1971 | referenced file name without further expansion. If "<cfile>" |
| 1972 | is "~/.cshrc", you need to do another expand() to have the |
| 1973 | "~/" expanded into the path of the home directory: > |
| 1974 | :echo expand(expand("<cfile>")) |
| 1975 | < |
| 1976 | There cannot be white space between the variables and the |
| 1977 | following modifier. The |fnamemodify()| function can be used |
| 1978 | to modify normal file names. |
| 1979 | |
| 1980 | When using '%' or '#', and the current or alternate file name |
| 1981 | is not defined, an empty string is used. Using "%:p" in a |
| 1982 | buffer with no name, results in the current directory, with a |
| 1983 | '/' added. |
| 1984 | |
| 1985 | When {expr} does not start with '%', '#' or '<', it is |
| 1986 | expanded like a file name is expanded on the command line. |
| 1987 | 'suffixes' and 'wildignore' are used, unless the optional |
| 1988 | {flag} argument is given and it is non-zero. Names for |
| 1989 | non-existing files are included. |
| 1990 | |
| 1991 | Expand() can also be used to expand variables and environment |
| 1992 | variables that are only known in a shell. But this can be |
| 1993 | slow, because a shell must be started. See |expr-env-expand|. |
| 1994 | The expanded variable is still handled like a list of file |
| 1995 | names. When an environment variable cannot be expanded, it is |
| 1996 | left unchanged. Thus ":echo expand('$FOOBAR')" results in |
| 1997 | "$FOOBAR". |
| 1998 | |
| 1999 | See |glob()| for finding existing files. See |system()| for |
| 2000 | getting the raw output of an external command. |
| 2001 | |
Bram Moolenaar | de8866b | 2005-01-06 23:24:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2002 | extend({list1}, {list2} [, {idx}]) *extend()* |
| 2003 | Append {list2} to {list1}. |
| 2004 | If {idx} is given insert the items of {list2} before item |
| 2005 | {idx} in {list1}. When {idx} is zero insert before the first |
Bram Moolenaar | 5f2bb9f | 2005-01-11 21:29:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2006 | item. When {idx} is equal to len({list1}) then {list2} is |
Bram Moolenaar | de8866b | 2005-01-06 23:24:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2007 | appended. |
| 2008 | {list1} is changed when {list2} is not empty. |
| 2009 | {list2} remains unchanged. |
| 2010 | {list1} and {list2} must be Lists. |
| 2011 | Returns {list1}. |
| 2012 | Examples: > |
| 2013 | :echo sort(extend(mylist, [7, 5])) |
| 2014 | :call extend(mylist, [2, 3], 1) |
Bram Moolenaar | a14de3d | 2005-01-07 21:48:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2015 | < Use |add()| to concatenate one item to a list. To concatenate |
| 2016 | two lists into a new list use the + operator: > |
Bram Moolenaar | de8866b | 2005-01-06 23:24:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2017 | :let newlist = [1, 2, 3] + [4, 5] |
| 2018 | |
Bram Moolenaar | 071d427 | 2004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2019 | filereadable({file}) *filereadable()* |
| 2020 | The result is a Number, which is TRUE when a file with the |
| 2021 | name {file} exists, and can be read. If {file} doesn't exist, |
| 2022 | or is a directory, the result is FALSE. {file} is any |
| 2023 | expression, which is used as a String. |
| 2024 | *file_readable()* |
| 2025 | Obsolete name: file_readable(). |
| 2026 | |
Bram Moolenaar | 5f2bb9f | 2005-01-11 21:29:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2027 | |
| 2028 | filter({list}, {expr}) *filter()* *E712* |
| 2029 | For each item in {list} evaluate {expr} and when the result is |
| 2030 | zero remove the item from the List. |
| 2031 | Inside {expr} the symbol "&" stands for the existing |
| 2032 | item. Example: > |
Bram Moolenaar | d8b0273 | 2005-01-14 21:48:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2033 | :call filter(mylist, '& !~ "OLD"') |
| 2034 | < Removes the items where "OLD" appears. And this: > |
| 2035 | :call filter(mylist, 0) |
| 2036 | < Removes all the items, thus clears the List or Dictionary. |
| 2037 | |
Bram Moolenaar | 5f2bb9f | 2005-01-11 21:29:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2038 | Note that {expr} is an expression that evaluates to an |
Bram Moolenaar | d8b0273 | 2005-01-14 21:48:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2039 | expression. Often it is good to use a |literal-string| to |
| 2040 | avoid having to double backslashes. |
Bram Moolenaar | 5f2bb9f | 2005-01-11 21:29:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2041 | The operation is done in-place. If you want a list to remain |
| 2042 | unmodified make a copy first: > |
Bram Moolenaar | d8b0273 | 2005-01-14 21:48:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2043 | :let l = filter(copy(mylist), '& =~ "KEEP"') |
Bram Moolenaar | 5f2bb9f | 2005-01-11 21:29:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2044 | < Returns {list}. |
| 2045 | |
| 2046 | |
Bram Moolenaar | 89cb5e0 | 2004-07-19 20:55:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2047 | finddir({name}[, {path}[, {count}]]) *finddir()* |
| 2048 | Find directory {name} in {path}. |
| 2049 | If {path} is omitted or empty then 'path' is used. |
| 2050 | If the optional {count} is given, find {count}'s occurrence of |
| 2051 | {name} in {path}. |
| 2052 | This is quite similar to the ex-command |:find|. |
| 2053 | When the found directory is below the current directory a |
| 2054 | relative path is returned. Otherwise a full path is returned. |
| 2055 | Example: > |
| 2056 | :echo findfile("tags.vim", ".;") |
| 2057 | < Searches from the current directory upwards until it finds |
| 2058 | the file "tags.vim". |
| 2059 | {only available when compiled with the +file_in_path feature} |
| 2060 | |
| 2061 | findfile({name}[, {path}[, {count}]]) *findfile()* |
| 2062 | Just like |finddir()|, but find a file instead of a directory. |
| 2063 | |
Bram Moolenaar | 071d427 | 2004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2064 | filewritable({file}) *filewritable()* |
| 2065 | The result is a Number, which is 1 when a file with the |
| 2066 | name {file} exists, and can be written. If {file} doesn't |
| 2067 | exist, or is not writable, the result is 0. If (file) is a |
| 2068 | directory, and we can write to it, the result is 2. |
| 2069 | |
| 2070 | fnamemodify({fname}, {mods}) *fnamemodify()* |
| 2071 | Modify file name {fname} according to {mods}. {mods} is a |
| 2072 | string of characters like it is used for file names on the |
| 2073 | command line. See |filename-modifiers|. |
| 2074 | Example: > |
| 2075 | :echo fnamemodify("main.c", ":p:h") |
| 2076 | < results in: > |
| 2077 | /home/mool/vim/vim/src |
| 2078 | < Note: Environment variables and "~" don't work in {fname}, use |
| 2079 | |expand()| first then. |
| 2080 | |
| 2081 | foldclosed({lnum}) *foldclosed()* |
| 2082 | The result is a Number. If the line {lnum} is in a closed |
| 2083 | fold, the result is the number of the first line in that fold. |
| 2084 | If the line {lnum} is not in a closed fold, -1 is returned. |
| 2085 | |
| 2086 | foldclosedend({lnum}) *foldclosedend()* |
| 2087 | The result is a Number. If the line {lnum} is in a closed |
| 2088 | fold, the result is the number of the last line in that fold. |
| 2089 | If the line {lnum} is not in a closed fold, -1 is returned. |
| 2090 | |
| 2091 | foldlevel({lnum}) *foldlevel()* |
| 2092 | The result is a Number, which is the foldlevel of line {lnum} |
| 2093 | in the current buffer. For nested folds the deepest level is |
| 2094 | returned. If there is no fold at line {lnum}, zero is |
| 2095 | returned. It doesn't matter if the folds are open or closed. |
| 2096 | When used while updating folds (from 'foldexpr') -1 is |
| 2097 | returned for lines where folds are still to be updated and the |
| 2098 | foldlevel is unknown. As a special case the level of the |
| 2099 | previous line is usually available. |
| 2100 | |
| 2101 | *foldtext()* |
| 2102 | foldtext() Returns a String, to be displayed for a closed fold. This is |
| 2103 | the default function used for the 'foldtext' option and should |
| 2104 | only be called from evaluating 'foldtext'. It uses the |
| 2105 | |v:foldstart|, |v:foldend| and |v:folddashes| variables. |
| 2106 | The returned string looks like this: > |
| 2107 | +-- 45 lines: abcdef |
| 2108 | < The number of dashes depends on the foldlevel. The "45" is |
| 2109 | the number of lines in the fold. "abcdef" is the text in the |
| 2110 | first non-blank line of the fold. Leading white space, "//" |
| 2111 | or "/*" and the text from the 'foldmarker' and 'commentstring' |
| 2112 | options is removed. |
| 2113 | {not available when compiled without the |+folding| feature} |
| 2114 | |
Bram Moolenaar | 7b0294c | 2004-10-11 10:16:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2115 | foldtextresult({lnum}) *foldtextresult()* |
| 2116 | Returns the text that is displayed for the closed fold at line |
| 2117 | {lnum}. Evaluates 'foldtext' in the appropriate context. |
| 2118 | When there is no closed fold at {lnum} an empty string is |
| 2119 | returned. |
| 2120 | {lnum} is used like with |getline()|. Thus "." is the current |
| 2121 | line, "'m" mark m, etc. |
| 2122 | Useful when exporting folded text, e.g., to HTML. |
| 2123 | {not available when compiled without the |+folding| feature} |
| 2124 | |
Bram Moolenaar | 071d427 | 2004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2125 | *foreground()* |
| 2126 | foreground() Move the Vim window to the foreground. Useful when sent from |
| 2127 | a client to a Vim server. |remote_send()| |
| 2128 | On Win32 systems this might not work, the OS does not always |
| 2129 | allow a window to bring itself to the foreground. Use |
| 2130 | |remote_foreground()| instead. |
| 2131 | {only in the Win32, Athena, Motif and GTK GUI versions and the |
| 2132 | Win32 console version} |
| 2133 | |
Bram Moolenaar | a14de3d | 2005-01-07 21:48:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2134 | |
Bram Moolenaar | 13065c4 | 2005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2135 | function({name}) *function()* *E700* |
Bram Moolenaar | d7ee7ce | 2005-01-03 21:02:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2136 | Return a Funcref variable that refers to function {name}. |
| 2137 | {name} can be a user defined function or an internal function. |
| 2138 | |
Bram Moolenaar | a14de3d | 2005-01-07 21:48:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2139 | |
| 2140 | get({list}, {idx} [, {default}]) *get* |
| 2141 | Get item {idx} from List {list}. When this item is not |
| 2142 | available return {default}. Return zero when {default} is |
| 2143 | omitted. |
| 2144 | |
| 2145 | getbufvar({expr}, {varname}) *getbufvar()* |
| 2146 | The result is the value of option or local buffer variable |
| 2147 | {varname} in buffer {expr}. Note that the name without "b:" |
| 2148 | must be used. |
| 2149 | This also works for a global or local window option, but it |
| 2150 | doesn't work for a global or local window variable. |
| 2151 | For the use of {expr}, see |bufname()| above. |
| 2152 | When the buffer or variable doesn't exist an empty string is |
| 2153 | returned, there is no error message. |
| 2154 | Examples: > |
| 2155 | :let bufmodified = getbufvar(1, "&mod") |
| 2156 | :echo "todo myvar = " . getbufvar("todo", "myvar") |
| 2157 | < |
Bram Moolenaar | 071d427 | 2004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2158 | getchar([expr]) *getchar()* |
| 2159 | Get a single character from the user. If it is an 8-bit |
| 2160 | character, the result is a number. Otherwise a String is |
| 2161 | returned with the encoded character. For a special key it's a |
| 2162 | sequence of bytes starting with 0x80 (decimal: 128). |
| 2163 | If [expr] is omitted, wait until a character is available. |
| 2164 | If [expr] is 0, only get a character when one is available. |
| 2165 | If [expr] is 1, only check if a character is available, it is |
| 2166 | not consumed. If a normal character is |
| 2167 | available, it is returned, otherwise a |
| 2168 | non-zero value is returned. |
| 2169 | If a normal character available, it is returned as a Number. |
| 2170 | Use nr2char() to convert it to a String. |
| 2171 | The returned value is zero if no character is available. |
| 2172 | The returned value is a string of characters for special keys |
| 2173 | and when a modifier (shift, control, alt) was used. |
| 2174 | There is no prompt, you will somehow have to make clear to the |
| 2175 | user that a character has to be typed. |
| 2176 | There is no mapping for the character. |
| 2177 | Key codes are replaced, thus when the user presses the <Del> |
| 2178 | key you get the code for the <Del> key, not the raw character |
| 2179 | sequence. Examples: > |
| 2180 | getchar() == "\<Del>" |
| 2181 | getchar() == "\<S-Left>" |
| 2182 | < This example redefines "f" to ignore case: > |
| 2183 | :nmap f :call FindChar()<CR> |
| 2184 | :function FindChar() |
| 2185 | : let c = nr2char(getchar()) |
| 2186 | : while col('.') < col('$') - 1 |
| 2187 | : normal l |
| 2188 | : if getline('.')[col('.') - 1] ==? c |
| 2189 | : break |
| 2190 | : endif |
| 2191 | : endwhile |
| 2192 | :endfunction |
| 2193 | |
| 2194 | getcharmod() *getcharmod()* |
| 2195 | The result is a Number which is the state of the modifiers for |
| 2196 | the last obtained character with getchar() or in another way. |
| 2197 | These values are added together: |
| 2198 | 2 shift |
| 2199 | 4 control |
| 2200 | 8 alt (meta) |
| 2201 | 16 mouse double click |
| 2202 | 32 mouse triple click |
| 2203 | 64 mouse quadruple click |
| 2204 | 128 Macintosh only: command |
| 2205 | Only the modifiers that have not been included in the |
| 2206 | character itself are obtained. Thus Shift-a results in "A" |
| 2207 | with no modifier. |
| 2208 | |
Bram Moolenaar | 071d427 | 2004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2209 | getcmdline() *getcmdline()* |
| 2210 | Return the current command-line. Only works when the command |
| 2211 | line is being edited, thus requires use of |c_CTRL-\_e| or |
| 2212 | |c_CTRL-R_=|. |
| 2213 | Example: > |
| 2214 | :cmap <F7> <C-\>eescape(getcmdline(), ' \')<CR> |
| 2215 | < Also see |getcmdpos()| and |setcmdpos()|. |
| 2216 | |
Bram Moolenaar | 5f2bb9f | 2005-01-11 21:29:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2217 | getcmdpos() *getcmdpos()* |
Bram Moolenaar | 071d427 | 2004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2218 | Return the position of the cursor in the command line as a |
| 2219 | byte count. The first column is 1. |
| 2220 | Only works when editing the command line, thus requires use of |
| 2221 | |c_CTRL-\_e| or |c_CTRL-R_=|. Returns 0 otherwise. |
| 2222 | Also see |setcmdpos()| and |getcmdline()|. |
| 2223 | |
| 2224 | *getcwd()* |
| 2225 | getcwd() The result is a String, which is the name of the current |
| 2226 | working directory. |
| 2227 | |
| 2228 | getfsize({fname}) *getfsize()* |
| 2229 | The result is a Number, which is the size in bytes of the |
| 2230 | given file {fname}. |
| 2231 | If {fname} is a directory, 0 is returned. |
| 2232 | If the file {fname} can't be found, -1 is returned. |
| 2233 | |
Bram Moolenaar | d8b0cf1 | 2004-12-12 11:33:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2234 | getfontname([{name}]) *getfontname()* |
| 2235 | Without an argument returns the name of the normal font being |
| 2236 | used. Like what is used for the Normal highlight group |
| 2237 | |hl-Normal|. |
| 2238 | With an argument a check is done whether {name} is a valid |
| 2239 | font name. If not then an empty string is returned. |
| 2240 | Otherwise the actual font name is returned, or {name} if the |
| 2241 | GUI does not support obtaining the real name. |
| 2242 | Only works when the GUI is running, thus not you your vimrc or |
| 2243 | Note that the GTK 2 GUI accepts any font name, thus checking |
| 2244 | for a valid name does not work. |
| 2245 | gvimrc file. Use the |GUIEnter| autocommand to use this |
| 2246 | function just after the GUI has started. |
| 2247 | |
Bram Moolenaar | 5eb86f9 | 2004-07-26 12:53:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2248 | getfperm({fname}) *getfperm()* |
| 2249 | The result is a String, which is the read, write, and execute |
| 2250 | permissions of the given file {fname}. |
| 2251 | If {fname} does not exist or its directory cannot be read, an |
| 2252 | empty string is returned. |
| 2253 | The result is of the form "rwxrwxrwx", where each group of |
| 2254 | "rwx" flags represent, in turn, the permissions of the owner |
| 2255 | of the file, the group the file belongs to, and other users. |
| 2256 | If a user does not have a given permission the flag for this |
| 2257 | is replaced with the string "-". Example: > |
| 2258 | :echo getfperm("/etc/passwd") |
| 2259 | < This will hopefully (from a security point of view) display |
| 2260 | the string "rw-r--r--" or even "rw-------". |
| 2261 | |
Bram Moolenaar | 071d427 | 2004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2262 | getftime({fname}) *getftime()* |
| 2263 | The result is a Number, which is the last modification time of |
| 2264 | the given file {fname}. The value is measured as seconds |
| 2265 | since 1st Jan 1970, and may be passed to strftime(). See also |
| 2266 | |localtime()| and |strftime()|. |
| 2267 | If the file {fname} can't be found -1 is returned. |
| 2268 | |
Bram Moolenaar | 5eb86f9 | 2004-07-26 12:53:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2269 | getftype({fname}) *getftype()* |
| 2270 | The result is a String, which is a description of the kind of |
| 2271 | file of the given file {fname}. |
| 2272 | If {fname} does not exist an empty string is returned. |
| 2273 | Here is a table over different kinds of files and their |
| 2274 | results: |
| 2275 | Normal file "file" |
| 2276 | Directory "dir" |
| 2277 | Symbolic link "link" |
| 2278 | Block device "bdev" |
| 2279 | Character device "cdev" |
| 2280 | Socket "socket" |
| 2281 | FIFO "fifo" |
| 2282 | All other "other" |
| 2283 | Example: > |
| 2284 | getftype("/home") |
| 2285 | < Note that a type such as "link" will only be returned on |
| 2286 | systems that support it. On some systems only "dir" and |
| 2287 | "file" are returned. |
| 2288 | |
Bram Moolenaar | 071d427 | 2004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2289 | *getline()* |
Bram Moolenaar | a14de3d | 2005-01-07 21:48:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2290 | getline({lnum} [, {end}]) |
| 2291 | Without {end} the result is a String, which is line {lnum} |
| 2292 | from the current buffer. Example: > |
Bram Moolenaar | 071d427 | 2004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2293 | getline(1) |
| 2294 | < When {lnum} is a String that doesn't start with a |
| 2295 | digit, line() is called to translate the String into a Number. |
| 2296 | To get the line under the cursor: > |
| 2297 | getline(".") |
| 2298 | < When {lnum} is smaller than 1 or bigger than the number of |
| 2299 | lines in the buffer, an empty string is returned. |
| 2300 | |
Bram Moolenaar | a14de3d | 2005-01-07 21:48:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2301 | When {end} is given the result is a List where each item is a |
| 2302 | line from the current buffer in the range {lnum} to {end}, |
| 2303 | including line {end}. |
| 2304 | {end} is used in the same way as {lnum}. |
| 2305 | Non-existing lines are silently omitted. |
| 2306 | When {end} is before {lnum} an error is given. |
| 2307 | Example: > |
| 2308 | :let start = line('.') |
| 2309 | :let end = search("^$") - 1 |
| 2310 | :let lines = getline(start, end) |
| 2311 | |
| 2312 | |
Bram Moolenaar | 071d427 | 2004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2313 | getreg([{regname}]) *getreg()* |
| 2314 | The result is a String, which is the contents of register |
| 2315 | {regname}. Example: > |
| 2316 | :let cliptext = getreg('*') |
| 2317 | < getreg('=') returns the last evaluated value of the expression |
| 2318 | register. (For use in maps). |
| 2319 | If {regname} is not specified, |v:register| is used. |
| 2320 | |
Bram Moolenaar | a14de3d | 2005-01-07 21:48:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2321 | |
Bram Moolenaar | 071d427 | 2004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2322 | getregtype([{regname}]) *getregtype()* |
| 2323 | The result is a String, which is type of register {regname}. |
| 2324 | The value will be one of: |
| 2325 | "v" for |characterwise| text |
| 2326 | "V" for |linewise| text |
| 2327 | "<CTRL-V>{width}" for |blockwise-visual| text |
| 2328 | 0 for an empty or unknown register |
| 2329 | <CTRL-V> is one character with value 0x16. |
| 2330 | If {regname} is not specified, |v:register| is used. |
| 2331 | |
Bram Moolenaar | a14de3d | 2005-01-07 21:48:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2332 | |
Bram Moolenaar | 071d427 | 2004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2333 | *getwinposx()* |
| 2334 | getwinposx() The result is a Number, which is the X coordinate in pixels of |
| 2335 | the left hand side of the GUI Vim window. The result will be |
| 2336 | -1 if the information is not available. |
| 2337 | |
| 2338 | *getwinposy()* |
| 2339 | getwinposy() The result is a Number, which is the Y coordinate in pixels of |
| 2340 | the top of the GUI Vim window. The result will be -1 if the |
| 2341 | information is not available. |
| 2342 | |
| 2343 | getwinvar({nr}, {varname}) *getwinvar()* |
| 2344 | The result is the value of option or local window variable |
| 2345 | {varname} in window {nr}. |
| 2346 | This also works for a global or local buffer option, but it |
| 2347 | doesn't work for a global or local buffer variable. |
| 2348 | Note that the name without "w:" must be used. |
| 2349 | Examples: > |
| 2350 | :let list_is_on = getwinvar(2, '&list') |
| 2351 | :echo "myvar = " . getwinvar(1, 'myvar') |
| 2352 | < |
| 2353 | *glob()* |
| 2354 | glob({expr}) Expand the file wildcards in {expr}. The result is a String. |
| 2355 | When there are several matches, they are separated by <NL> |
| 2356 | characters. |
| 2357 | If the expansion fails, the result is an empty string. |
| 2358 | A name for a non-existing file is not included. |
| 2359 | |
| 2360 | For most systems backticks can be used to get files names from |
| 2361 | any external command. Example: > |
| 2362 | :let tagfiles = glob("`find . -name tags -print`") |
| 2363 | :let &tags = substitute(tagfiles, "\n", ",", "g") |
| 2364 | < The result of the program inside the backticks should be one |
| 2365 | item per line. Spaces inside an item are allowed. |
| 2366 | |
| 2367 | See |expand()| for expanding special Vim variables. See |
| 2368 | |system()| for getting the raw output of an external command. |
| 2369 | |
| 2370 | globpath({path}, {expr}) *globpath()* |
| 2371 | Perform glob() on all directories in {path} and concatenate |
| 2372 | the results. Example: > |
| 2373 | :echo globpath(&rtp, "syntax/c.vim") |
| 2374 | < {path} is a comma-separated list of directory names. Each |
| 2375 | directory name is prepended to {expr} and expanded like with |
| 2376 | glob(). A path separator is inserted when needed. |
| 2377 | To add a comma inside a directory name escape it with a |
| 2378 | backslash. Note that on MS-Windows a directory may have a |
| 2379 | trailing backslash, remove it if you put a comma after it. |
| 2380 | If the expansion fails for one of the directories, there is no |
| 2381 | error message. |
| 2382 | The 'wildignore' option applies: Names matching one of the |
| 2383 | patterns in 'wildignore' will be skipped. |
| 2384 | |
| 2385 | *has()* |
| 2386 | has({feature}) The result is a Number, which is 1 if the feature {feature} is |
| 2387 | supported, zero otherwise. The {feature} argument is a |
| 2388 | string. See |feature-list| below. |
| 2389 | Also see |exists()|. |
| 2390 | |
| 2391 | hasmapto({what} [, {mode}]) *hasmapto()* |
| 2392 | The result is a Number, which is 1 if there is a mapping that |
| 2393 | contains {what} in somewhere in the rhs (what it is mapped to) |
| 2394 | and this mapping exists in one of the modes indicated by |
| 2395 | {mode}. |
| 2396 | Both the global mappings and the mappings local to the current |
| 2397 | buffer are checked for a match. |
| 2398 | If no matching mapping is found 0 is returned. |
| 2399 | The following characters are recognized in {mode}: |
| 2400 | n Normal mode |
| 2401 | v Visual mode |
| 2402 | o Operator-pending mode |
| 2403 | i Insert mode |
| 2404 | l Language-Argument ("r", "f", "t", etc.) |
| 2405 | c Command-line mode |
| 2406 | When {mode} is omitted, "nvo" is used. |
| 2407 | |
| 2408 | This function is useful to check if a mapping already exists |
| 2409 | to a function in a Vim script. Example: > |
| 2410 | :if !hasmapto('\ABCdoit') |
| 2411 | : map <Leader>d \ABCdoit |
| 2412 | :endif |
| 2413 | < This installs the mapping to "\ABCdoit" only if there isn't |
| 2414 | already a mapping to "\ABCdoit". |
| 2415 | |
| 2416 | histadd({history}, {item}) *histadd()* |
| 2417 | Add the String {item} to the history {history} which can be |
| 2418 | one of: *hist-names* |
| 2419 | "cmd" or ":" command line history |
| 2420 | "search" or "/" search pattern history |
| 2421 | "expr" or "=" typed expression history |
| 2422 | "input" or "@" input line history |
| 2423 | If {item} does already exist in the history, it will be |
| 2424 | shifted to become the newest entry. |
| 2425 | The result is a Number: 1 if the operation was successful, |
| 2426 | otherwise 0 is returned. |
| 2427 | |
| 2428 | Example: > |
| 2429 | :call histadd("input", strftime("%Y %b %d")) |
| 2430 | :let date=input("Enter date: ") |
| 2431 | < This function is not available in the |sandbox|. |
| 2432 | |
| 2433 | histdel({history} [, {item}]) *histdel()* |
| 2434 | Clear {history}, ie. delete all its entries. See |hist-names| |
| 2435 | for the possible values of {history}. |
| 2436 | |
| 2437 | If the parameter {item} is given as String, this is seen |
| 2438 | as regular expression. All entries matching that expression |
| 2439 | will be removed from the history (if there are any). |
| 2440 | Upper/lowercase must match, unless "\c" is used |/\c|. |
| 2441 | If {item} is a Number, it will be interpreted as index, see |
| 2442 | |:history-indexing|. The respective entry will be removed |
| 2443 | if it exists. |
| 2444 | |
| 2445 | The result is a Number: 1 for a successful operation, |
| 2446 | otherwise 0 is returned. |
| 2447 | |
| 2448 | Examples: |
| 2449 | Clear expression register history: > |
| 2450 | :call histdel("expr") |
| 2451 | < |
| 2452 | Remove all entries starting with "*" from the search history: > |
| 2453 | :call histdel("/", '^\*') |
| 2454 | < |
| 2455 | The following three are equivalent: > |
| 2456 | :call histdel("search", histnr("search")) |
| 2457 | :call histdel("search", -1) |
| 2458 | :call histdel("search", '^'.histget("search", -1).'$') |
| 2459 | < |
| 2460 | To delete the last search pattern and use the last-but-one for |
| 2461 | the "n" command and 'hlsearch': > |
| 2462 | :call histdel("search", -1) |
| 2463 | :let @/ = histget("search", -1) |
| 2464 | |
| 2465 | histget({history} [, {index}]) *histget()* |
| 2466 | The result is a String, the entry with Number {index} from |
| 2467 | {history}. See |hist-names| for the possible values of |
| 2468 | {history}, and |:history-indexing| for {index}. If there is |
| 2469 | no such entry, an empty String is returned. When {index} is |
| 2470 | omitted, the most recent item from the history is used. |
| 2471 | |
| 2472 | Examples: |
| 2473 | Redo the second last search from history. > |
| 2474 | :execute '/' . histget("search", -2) |
| 2475 | |
| 2476 | < Define an Ex command ":H {num}" that supports re-execution of |
| 2477 | the {num}th entry from the output of |:history|. > |
| 2478 | :command -nargs=1 H execute histget("cmd", 0+<args>) |
| 2479 | < |
| 2480 | histnr({history}) *histnr()* |
| 2481 | The result is the Number of the current entry in {history}. |
| 2482 | See |hist-names| for the possible values of {history}. |
| 2483 | If an error occurred, -1 is returned. |
| 2484 | |
| 2485 | Example: > |
| 2486 | :let inp_index = histnr("expr") |
| 2487 | < |
| 2488 | hlexists({name}) *hlexists()* |
| 2489 | The result is a Number, which is non-zero if a highlight group |
| 2490 | called {name} exists. This is when the group has been |
| 2491 | defined in some way. Not necessarily when highlighting has |
| 2492 | been defined for it, it may also have been used for a syntax |
| 2493 | item. |
| 2494 | *highlight_exists()* |
| 2495 | Obsolete name: highlight_exists(). |
| 2496 | |
| 2497 | *hlID()* |
| 2498 | hlID({name}) The result is a Number, which is the ID of the highlight group |
| 2499 | with name {name}. When the highlight group doesn't exist, |
| 2500 | zero is returned. |
| 2501 | This can be used to retrieve information about the highlight |
| 2502 | group. For example, to get the background color of the |
| 2503 | "Comment" group: > |
| 2504 | :echo synIDattr(synIDtrans(hlID("Comment")), "bg") |
| 2505 | < *highlightID()* |
| 2506 | Obsolete name: highlightID(). |
| 2507 | |
| 2508 | hostname() *hostname()* |
| 2509 | The result is a String, which is the name of the machine on |
| 2510 | which Vim is currently running. Machine names greater than |
| 2511 | 256 characters long are truncated. |
| 2512 | |
| 2513 | iconv({expr}, {from}, {to}) *iconv()* |
| 2514 | The result is a String, which is the text {expr} converted |
| 2515 | from encoding {from} to encoding {to}. |
| 2516 | When the conversion fails an empty string is returned. |
| 2517 | The encoding names are whatever the iconv() library function |
| 2518 | can accept, see ":!man 3 iconv". |
| 2519 | Most conversions require Vim to be compiled with the |+iconv| |
| 2520 | feature. Otherwise only UTF-8 to latin1 conversion and back |
| 2521 | can be done. |
| 2522 | This can be used to display messages with special characters, |
| 2523 | no matter what 'encoding' is set to. Write the message in |
| 2524 | UTF-8 and use: > |
| 2525 | echo iconv(utf8_str, "utf-8", &enc) |
| 2526 | < Note that Vim uses UTF-8 for all Unicode encodings, conversion |
| 2527 | from/to UCS-2 is automatically changed to use UTF-8. You |
| 2528 | cannot use UCS-2 in a string anyway, because of the NUL bytes. |
| 2529 | {only available when compiled with the +multi_byte feature} |
| 2530 | |
| 2531 | *indent()* |
| 2532 | indent({lnum}) The result is a Number, which is indent of line {lnum} in the |
| 2533 | current buffer. The indent is counted in spaces, the value |
| 2534 | of 'tabstop' is relevant. {lnum} is used just like in |
| 2535 | |getline()|. |
| 2536 | When {lnum} is invalid -1 is returned. |
| 2537 | |
Bram Moolenaar | de8866b | 2005-01-06 23:24:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2538 | |
Bram Moolenaar | 5f2bb9f | 2005-01-11 21:29:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2539 | index({list}, {expr} [, {start} [, {ic}]]) *index()* |
Bram Moolenaar | de8866b | 2005-01-06 23:24:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2540 | Return the lowest index in List {list} where the item has a |
| 2541 | value equal to {expr}. |
Bram Moolenaar | 5f2bb9f | 2005-01-11 21:29:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2542 | If {start} is given then skip items with a lower index. |
Bram Moolenaar | de8866b | 2005-01-06 23:24:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2543 | When {ic} is given and it is non-zero, ignore case. Otherwise |
| 2544 | case must match. |
| 2545 | -1 is returned when {expr} is not found in {list}. |
| 2546 | Example: > |
| 2547 | :let idx = index(words, "the") |
Bram Moolenaar | 9588a0f | 2005-01-08 21:45:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2548 | :if index(numbers, 123) >= 0 |
Bram Moolenaar | de8866b | 2005-01-06 23:24:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2549 | |
| 2550 | |
Bram Moolenaar | 071d427 | 2004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2551 | input({prompt} [, {text}]) *input()* |
| 2552 | The result is a String, which is whatever the user typed on |
| 2553 | the command-line. The parameter is either a prompt string, or |
| 2554 | a blank string (for no prompt). A '\n' can be used in the |
| 2555 | prompt to start a new line. The highlighting set with |
| 2556 | |:echohl| is used for the prompt. The input is entered just |
| 2557 | like a command-line, with the same editing commands and |
| 2558 | mappings. There is a separate history for lines typed for |
| 2559 | input(). |
| 2560 | If the optional {text} is present, this is used for the |
| 2561 | default reply, as if the user typed this. |
| 2562 | NOTE: This must not be used in a startup file, for the |
| 2563 | versions that only run in GUI mode (e.g., the Win32 GUI). |
| 2564 | Note: When input() is called from within a mapping it will |
| 2565 | consume remaining characters from that mapping, because a |
| 2566 | mapping is handled like the characters were typed. |
| 2567 | Use |inputsave()| before input() and |inputrestore()| |
| 2568 | after input() to avoid that. Another solution is to avoid |
| 2569 | that further characters follow in the mapping, e.g., by using |
| 2570 | |:execute| or |:normal|. |
| 2571 | |
| 2572 | Example: > |
| 2573 | :if input("Coffee or beer? ") == "beer" |
| 2574 | : echo "Cheers!" |
| 2575 | :endif |
| 2576 | < Example with default text: > |
| 2577 | :let color = input("Color? ", "white") |
| 2578 | < Example with a mapping: > |
| 2579 | :nmap \x :call GetFoo()<CR>:exe "/" . Foo<CR> |
| 2580 | :function GetFoo() |
| 2581 | : call inputsave() |
| 2582 | : let g:Foo = input("enter search pattern: ") |
| 2583 | : call inputrestore() |
| 2584 | :endfunction |
| 2585 | |
| 2586 | inputdialog({prompt} [, {text} [, {cancelreturn}]]) *inputdialog()* |
| 2587 | Like input(), but when the GUI is running and text dialogs are |
| 2588 | supported, a dialog window pops up to input the text. |
| 2589 | Example: > |
| 2590 | :let n = inputdialog("value for shiftwidth", &sw) |
| 2591 | :if n != "" |
| 2592 | : let &sw = n |
| 2593 | :endif |
| 2594 | < When the dialog is cancelled {cancelreturn} is returned. When |
| 2595 | omitted an empty string is returned. |
| 2596 | Hitting <Enter> works like pressing the OK button. Hitting |
| 2597 | <Esc> works like pressing the Cancel button. |
| 2598 | |
| 2599 | inputrestore() *inputrestore()* |
| 2600 | Restore typeahead that was saved with a previous inputsave(). |
| 2601 | Should be called the same number of times inputsave() is |
| 2602 | called. Calling it more often is harmless though. |
| 2603 | Returns 1 when there is nothing to restore, 0 otherwise. |
| 2604 | |
| 2605 | inputsave() *inputsave()* |
| 2606 | Preserve typeahead (also from mappings) and clear it, so that |
| 2607 | a following prompt gets input from the user. Should be |
| 2608 | followed by a matching inputrestore() after the prompt. Can |
| 2609 | be used several times, in which case there must be just as |
| 2610 | many inputrestore() calls. |
| 2611 | Returns 1 when out of memory, 0 otherwise. |
| 2612 | |
| 2613 | inputsecret({prompt} [, {text}]) *inputsecret()* |
| 2614 | This function acts much like the |input()| function with but |
| 2615 | two exceptions: |
| 2616 | a) the user's response will be displayed as a sequence of |
| 2617 | asterisks ("*") thereby keeping the entry secret, and |
| 2618 | b) the user's response will not be recorded on the input |
| 2619 | |history| stack. |
| 2620 | The result is a String, which is whatever the user actually |
| 2621 | typed on the command-line in response to the issued prompt. |
| 2622 | |
Bram Moolenaar | d7ee7ce | 2005-01-03 21:02:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2623 | insert({list}, {item} [, {idx}]) *insert()* |
| 2624 | Insert {item} at the start of List {list}. |
| 2625 | If {idx} is specified insert {item} before the item with index |
| 2626 | {idx}. If {idx} is zero it goes before the first item, just |
| 2627 | like omitting {idx}. A negative {idx} is also possible, see |
| 2628 | |list-index|. -1 inserts just before the last item. |
| 2629 | Returns the resulting List. Examples: > |
| 2630 | :let mylist = insert([2, 3, 5], 1) |
| 2631 | :call insert(mylist, 4, -1) |
| 2632 | :call insert(mylist, 6, len(mylist)) |
Bram Moolenaar | a14de3d | 2005-01-07 21:48:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2633 | < The last example can be done simpler with |add()|. |
Bram Moolenaar | d7ee7ce | 2005-01-03 21:02:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2634 | Note that when {item} is a List it is inserted as a single |
| 2635 | item. Use |extend()| to concatenate Lists. |
| 2636 | |
Bram Moolenaar | 071d427 | 2004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2637 | isdirectory({directory}) *isdirectory()* |
| 2638 | The result is a Number, which is non-zero when a directory |
| 2639 | with the name {directory} exists. If {directory} doesn't |
| 2640 | exist, or isn't a directory, the result is FALSE. {directory} |
| 2641 | is any expression, which is used as a String. |
| 2642 | |
Bram Moolenaar | 5f2bb9f | 2005-01-11 21:29:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2643 | |
| 2644 | join({list} [, {sep}]) *join()* |
| 2645 | Join the items in {list} together into one String. |
| 2646 | When {sep} is specified it is put in between the items. If |
| 2647 | {sep} is omitted a single space is used. |
| 2648 | Note that {sep} is not added at the end. You might want to |
| 2649 | add it there too: > |
| 2650 | let lines = join(mylist, "\n") . "\n" |
| 2651 | < String items are used as-is. Lists and Dictionaries are |
| 2652 | converted into a string like with |string()|. |
| 2653 | The opposite function is |split()|. |
| 2654 | |
Bram Moolenaar | d8b0273 | 2005-01-14 21:48:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2655 | keys({dict}) *keys()* |
| 2656 | Return a List with all the keys of {dict}. The List is in |
| 2657 | arbitrary order. |
| 2658 | |
Bram Moolenaar | 13065c4 | 2005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2659 | *len()* *E701* |
Bram Moolenaar | d7ee7ce | 2005-01-03 21:02:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2660 | len({expr}) The result is a Number, which is the length of the argument. |
| 2661 | When {expr} is a String or a Number the length in bytes is |
| 2662 | used, as with |strlen()|. |
| 2663 | When {expr} is a List the number of items in the List is |
| 2664 | returned. |
| 2665 | Otherwise an error is given. |
| 2666 | |
Bram Moolenaar | 071d427 | 2004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2667 | *libcall()* *E364* *E368* |
| 2668 | libcall({libname}, {funcname}, {argument}) |
| 2669 | Call function {funcname} in the run-time library {libname} |
| 2670 | with single argument {argument}. |
| 2671 | This is useful to call functions in a library that you |
| 2672 | especially made to be used with Vim. Since only one argument |
| 2673 | is possible, calling standard library functions is rather |
| 2674 | limited. |
| 2675 | The result is the String returned by the function. If the |
| 2676 | function returns NULL, this will appear as an empty string "" |
| 2677 | to Vim. |
| 2678 | If the function returns a number, use libcallnr()! |
| 2679 | If {argument} is a number, it is passed to the function as an |
| 2680 | int; if {argument} is a string, it is passed as a |
| 2681 | null-terminated string. |
| 2682 | This function will fail in |restricted-mode|. |
| 2683 | |
| 2684 | libcall() allows you to write your own 'plug-in' extensions to |
| 2685 | Vim without having to recompile the program. It is NOT a |
| 2686 | means to call system functions! If you try to do so Vim will |
| 2687 | very probably crash. |
| 2688 | |
| 2689 | For Win32, the functions you write must be placed in a DLL |
| 2690 | and use the normal C calling convention (NOT Pascal which is |
| 2691 | used in Windows System DLLs). The function must take exactly |
| 2692 | one parameter, either a character pointer or a long integer, |
| 2693 | and must return a character pointer or NULL. The character |
| 2694 | pointer returned must point to memory that will remain valid |
| 2695 | after the function has returned (e.g. in static data in the |
| 2696 | DLL). If it points to allocated memory, that memory will |
| 2697 | leak away. Using a static buffer in the function should work, |
| 2698 | it's then freed when the DLL is unloaded. |
| 2699 | |
| 2700 | WARNING: If the function returns a non-valid pointer, Vim may |
| 2701 | crash! This also happens if the function returns a number, |
| 2702 | because Vim thinks it's a pointer. |
| 2703 | For Win32 systems, {libname} should be the filename of the DLL |
| 2704 | without the ".DLL" suffix. A full path is only required if |
| 2705 | the DLL is not in the usual places. |
| 2706 | For Unix: When compiling your own plugins, remember that the |
| 2707 | object code must be compiled as position-independent ('PIC'). |
| 2708 | {only in Win32 on some Unix versions, when the |+libcall| |
| 2709 | feature is present} |
| 2710 | Examples: > |
| 2711 | :echo libcall("libc.so", "getenv", "HOME") |
| 2712 | :echo libcallnr("/usr/lib/libc.so", "getpid", "") |
| 2713 | < |
| 2714 | *libcallnr()* |
| 2715 | libcallnr({libname}, {funcname}, {argument}) |
| 2716 | Just like libcall(), but used for a function that returns an |
| 2717 | int instead of a string. |
| 2718 | {only in Win32 on some Unix versions, when the |+libcall| |
| 2719 | feature is present} |
| 2720 | Example (not very useful...): > |
| 2721 | :call libcallnr("libc.so", "printf", "Hello World!\n") |
| 2722 | :call libcallnr("libc.so", "sleep", 10) |
| 2723 | < |
| 2724 | *line()* |
| 2725 | line({expr}) The result is a Number, which is the line number of the file |
| 2726 | position given with {expr}. The accepted positions are: |
| 2727 | . the cursor position |
| 2728 | $ the last line in the current buffer |
| 2729 | 'x position of mark x (if the mark is not set, 0 is |
| 2730 | returned) |
| 2731 | Note that only marks in the current file can be used. |
| 2732 | Examples: > |
| 2733 | line(".") line number of the cursor |
| 2734 | line("'t") line number of mark t |
| 2735 | line("'" . marker) line number of mark marker |
| 2736 | < *last-position-jump* |
| 2737 | This autocommand jumps to the last known position in a file |
| 2738 | just after opening it, if the '" mark is set: > |
| 2739 | :au BufReadPost * if line("'\"") > 0 && line("'\"") <= line("$") | exe "normal g'\"" | endif |
Bram Moolenaar | 69a7cb4 | 2004-06-20 12:51:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2740 | |
Bram Moolenaar | 071d427 | 2004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2741 | line2byte({lnum}) *line2byte()* |
| 2742 | Return the byte count from the start of the buffer for line |
| 2743 | {lnum}. This includes the end-of-line character, depending on |
| 2744 | the 'fileformat' option for the current buffer. The first |
| 2745 | line returns 1. |
| 2746 | This can also be used to get the byte count for the line just |
| 2747 | below the last line: > |
| 2748 | line2byte(line("$") + 1) |
| 2749 | < This is the file size plus one. |
| 2750 | When {lnum} is invalid, or the |+byte_offset| feature has been |
| 2751 | disabled at compile time, -1 is returned. |
| 2752 | Also see |byte2line()|, |go| and |:goto|. |
| 2753 | |
| 2754 | lispindent({lnum}) *lispindent()* |
| 2755 | Get the amount of indent for line {lnum} according the lisp |
| 2756 | indenting rules, as with 'lisp'. |
| 2757 | The indent is counted in spaces, the value of 'tabstop' is |
| 2758 | relevant. {lnum} is used just like in |getline()|. |
| 2759 | When {lnum} is invalid or Vim was not compiled the |
| 2760 | |+lispindent| feature, -1 is returned. |
| 2761 | |
| 2762 | localtime() *localtime()* |
| 2763 | Return the current time, measured as seconds since 1st Jan |
| 2764 | 1970. See also |strftime()| and |getftime()|. |
| 2765 | |
Bram Moolenaar | 5f2bb9f | 2005-01-11 21:29:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2766 | |
| 2767 | map({list}, {expr}) *map()* |
| 2768 | Replace each item in {list} with the result of evaluating |
| 2769 | {expr}. |
| 2770 | Inside {expr} the symbol "&" stands for the existing |
| 2771 | item. Example: > |
Bram Moolenaar | d8b0273 | 2005-01-14 21:48:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2772 | :call map(mylist, '"> " . & . " <"') |
Bram Moolenaar | 5f2bb9f | 2005-01-11 21:29:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2773 | < This puts "> " before and " <" after each item in "mylist". |
| 2774 | Note that {expr} is an expression that evaluates to an |
Bram Moolenaar | d8b0273 | 2005-01-14 21:48:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2775 | expression. Often it is good to use a |literal-string| to |
| 2776 | avoid having to double backslashes. |
Bram Moolenaar | 5f2bb9f | 2005-01-11 21:29:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2777 | The operation is done in-place. If you want a list to remain |
| 2778 | unmodified make a copy first: > |
Bram Moolenaar | d8b0273 | 2005-01-14 21:48:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2779 | :let tlist = map(copy(mylist), ' & . "\t"') |
Bram Moolenaar | 5f2bb9f | 2005-01-11 21:29:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2780 | < Returns {list}. |
| 2781 | |
| 2782 | |
Bram Moolenaar | 071d427 | 2004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2783 | maparg({name}[, {mode}]) *maparg()* |
| 2784 | Return the rhs of mapping {name} in mode {mode}. When there |
| 2785 | is no mapping for {name}, an empty String is returned. |
| 2786 | These characters can be used for {mode}: |
| 2787 | "n" Normal |
| 2788 | "v" Visual |
| 2789 | "o" Operator-pending |
| 2790 | "i" Insert |
| 2791 | "c" Cmd-line |
| 2792 | "l" langmap |language-mapping| |
| 2793 | "" Normal, Visual and Operator-pending |
| 2794 | When {mode} is omitted, the modes from "" are used. |
| 2795 | The {name} can have special key names, like in the ":map" |
| 2796 | command. The returned String has special characters |
| 2797 | translated like in the output of the ":map" command listing. |
| 2798 | The mappings local to the current buffer are checked first, |
| 2799 | then the global mappings. |
| 2800 | |
| 2801 | mapcheck({name}[, {mode}]) *mapcheck()* |
| 2802 | Check if there is a mapping that matches with {name} in mode |
| 2803 | {mode}. See |maparg()| for {mode} and special names in |
| 2804 | {name}. |
| 2805 | A match happens with a mapping that starts with {name} and |
| 2806 | with a mapping which is equal to the start of {name}. |
| 2807 | |
| 2808 | matches mapping "a" "ab" "abc" ~ |
| 2809 | mapcheck("a") yes yes yes |
| 2810 | mapcheck("abc") yes yes yes |
| 2811 | mapcheck("ax") yes no no |
| 2812 | mapcheck("b") no no no |
| 2813 | |
| 2814 | The difference with maparg() is that mapcheck() finds a |
| 2815 | mapping that matches with {name}, while maparg() only finds a |
| 2816 | mapping for {name} exactly. |
| 2817 | When there is no mapping that starts with {name}, an empty |
| 2818 | String is returned. If there is one, the rhs of that mapping |
| 2819 | is returned. If there are several mappings that start with |
| 2820 | {name}, the rhs of one of them is returned. |
| 2821 | The mappings local to the current buffer are checked first, |
| 2822 | then the global mappings. |
| 2823 | This function can be used to check if a mapping can be added |
| 2824 | without being ambiguous. Example: > |
| 2825 | :if mapcheck("_vv") == "" |
| 2826 | : map _vv :set guifont=7x13<CR> |
| 2827 | :endif |
| 2828 | < This avoids adding the "_vv" mapping when there already is a |
| 2829 | mapping for "_v" or for "_vvv". |
| 2830 | |
Bram Moolenaar | 89cb5e0 | 2004-07-19 20:55:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2831 | match({expr}, {pat}[, {start}[, {count}]]) *match()* |
Bram Moolenaar | 5f2bb9f | 2005-01-11 21:29:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2832 | When {expr} is a List then this returns the index of the first |
| 2833 | item where {pat} matches. Each item is used as a String, |
| 2834 | Lists and Dictionaries are used as echoed. |
| 2835 | Otherwise, {expr} is used as a String. The result is a |
| 2836 | Number, which gives the index (byte offset) in {expr} where |
| 2837 | {pat} matches. |
| 2838 | A match at the first character or List item returns zero. |
Bram Moolenaar | 89cb5e0 | 2004-07-19 20:55:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2839 | If there is no match -1 is returned. |
| 2840 | Example: > |
Bram Moolenaar | 5f2bb9f | 2005-01-11 21:29:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2841 | :echo match("testing", "ing") " results in 4 |
| 2842 | :echo match([1, 'x'], '\a') " results in 2 |
| 2843 | < See |string-match| for how {pat} is used. |
| 2844 | |
Bram Moolenaar | 89cb5e0 | 2004-07-19 20:55:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2845 | When {count} is given use the {count}'th match. When a match |
Bram Moolenaar | 5f2bb9f | 2005-01-11 21:29:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2846 | is found in a String the search for the next one starts on |
| 2847 | character further. Thus this example results in 1: > |
Bram Moolenaar | 89cb5e0 | 2004-07-19 20:55:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2848 | echo match("testing", "..", 0, 2) |
Bram Moolenaar | 5f2bb9f | 2005-01-11 21:29:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2849 | < In a List the search continues in the next item. |
| 2850 | |
| 2851 | If {start} is given, the search starts from byte index |
| 2852 | {start} in a String or item {start} in a List. |
Bram Moolenaar | 071d427 | 2004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2853 | The result, however, is still the index counted from the |
Bram Moolenaar | 5f2bb9f | 2005-01-11 21:29:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2854 | first character/item. Example: > |
Bram Moolenaar | 071d427 | 2004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2855 | :echo match("testing", "ing", 2) |
| 2856 | < result is again "4". > |
| 2857 | :echo match("testing", "ing", 4) |
| 2858 | < result is again "4". > |
| 2859 | :echo match("testing", "t", 2) |
| 2860 | < result is "3". |
Bram Moolenaar | 5f2bb9f | 2005-01-11 21:29:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2861 | For a String, if {start} < 0, it will be set to 0. For a list |
| 2862 | the index is counted from the end. |
| 2863 | If {start} is out of range (> strlen({expr} for a String or |
| 2864 | > len({expr} for a List) -1 is returned. |
| 2865 | |
Bram Moolenaar | 071d427 | 2004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2866 | See |pattern| for the patterns that are accepted. |
| 2867 | The 'ignorecase' option is used to set the ignore-caseness of |
| 2868 | the pattern. 'smartcase' is NOT used. The matching is always |
| 2869 | done like 'magic' is set and 'cpoptions' is empty. |
| 2870 | |
Bram Moolenaar | 89cb5e0 | 2004-07-19 20:55:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2871 | matchend({expr}, {pat}[, {start}[, {count}]]) *matchend()* |
Bram Moolenaar | 071d427 | 2004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2872 | Same as match(), but return the index of first character after |
| 2873 | the match. Example: > |
| 2874 | :echo matchend("testing", "ing") |
| 2875 | < results in "7". |
| 2876 | The {start}, if given, has the same meaning as for match(). > |
| 2877 | :echo matchend("testing", "ing", 2) |
| 2878 | < results in "7". > |
| 2879 | :echo matchend("testing", "ing", 5) |
| 2880 | < result is "-1". |
Bram Moolenaar | 5f2bb9f | 2005-01-11 21:29:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2881 | When {expr} is a List the result is equal to match(). |
Bram Moolenaar | 071d427 | 2004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2882 | |
Bram Moolenaar | 89cb5e0 | 2004-07-19 20:55:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2883 | matchstr({expr}, {pat}[, {start}[, {count}]]) *matchstr()* |
Bram Moolenaar | 071d427 | 2004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2884 | Same as match(), but return the matched string. Example: > |
| 2885 | :echo matchstr("testing", "ing") |
| 2886 | < results in "ing". |
| 2887 | When there is no match "" is returned. |
| 2888 | The {start}, if given, has the same meaning as for match(). > |
| 2889 | :echo matchstr("testing", "ing", 2) |
| 2890 | < results in "ing". > |
| 2891 | :echo matchstr("testing", "ing", 5) |
| 2892 | < result is "". |
Bram Moolenaar | 5f2bb9f | 2005-01-11 21:29:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2893 | When {expr} is a List then the matching item is returned. |
| 2894 | The type isn't changed, it's not necessarily a String. |
Bram Moolenaar | 071d427 | 2004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2895 | |
Bram Moolenaar | 9588a0f | 2005-01-08 21:45:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2896 | *max()* |
| 2897 | max({list}) Return the maximum value of all items in {list}. |
| 2898 | If {list} is not a list or one of the items in {list} cannot |
| 2899 | be used as a Number this results in an error. |
| 2900 | An empty List results in zero. |
| 2901 | |
| 2902 | *min()* |
| 2903 | min({list}) Return the minumum value of all items in {list}. |
| 2904 | If {list} is not a list or one of the items in {list} cannot |
| 2905 | be used as a Number this results in an error. |
| 2906 | An empty List results in zero. |
| 2907 | |
Bram Moolenaar | 071d427 | 2004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2908 | *mode()* |
| 2909 | mode() Return a string that indicates the current mode: |
| 2910 | n Normal |
| 2911 | v Visual by character |
| 2912 | V Visual by line |
| 2913 | CTRL-V Visual blockwise |
| 2914 | s Select by character |
| 2915 | S Select by line |
| 2916 | CTRL-S Select blockwise |
| 2917 | i Insert |
| 2918 | R Replace |
| 2919 | c Command-line |
| 2920 | r Hit-enter prompt |
| 2921 | This is useful in the 'statusline' option. In most other |
| 2922 | places it always returns "c" or "n". |
| 2923 | |
| 2924 | nextnonblank({lnum}) *nextnonblank()* |
| 2925 | Return the line number of the first line at or below {lnum} |
| 2926 | that is not blank. Example: > |
| 2927 | if getline(nextnonblank(1)) =~ "Java" |
| 2928 | < When {lnum} is invalid or there is no non-blank line at or |
| 2929 | below it, zero is returned. |
| 2930 | See also |prevnonblank()|. |
| 2931 | |
| 2932 | nr2char({expr}) *nr2char()* |
| 2933 | Return a string with a single character, which has the number |
| 2934 | value {expr}. Examples: > |
| 2935 | nr2char(64) returns "@" |
| 2936 | nr2char(32) returns " " |
| 2937 | < The current 'encoding' is used. Example for "utf-8": > |
| 2938 | nr2char(300) returns I with bow character |
| 2939 | < Note that a NUL character in the file is specified with |
| 2940 | nr2char(10), because NULs are represented with newline |
| 2941 | characters. nr2char(0) is a real NUL and terminates the |
| 2942 | string, thus isn't very useful. |
| 2943 | |
| 2944 | prevnonblank({lnum}) *prevnonblank()* |
| 2945 | Return the line number of the first line at or above {lnum} |
| 2946 | that is not blank. Example: > |
| 2947 | let ind = indent(prevnonblank(v:lnum - 1)) |
| 2948 | < When {lnum} is invalid or there is no non-blank line at or |
| 2949 | above it, zero is returned. |
| 2950 | Also see |nextnonblank()|. |
| 2951 | |
Bram Moolenaar | d8b0273 | 2005-01-14 21:48:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2952 | range({expr} [, {max} [, {stride}]]) *range()* |
| 2953 | Returns a List with Numbers: |
| 2954 | - If only {expr} is specified: [0, 1, ..., {expr} - 1] |
| 2955 | - If {max} is specified: [{expr}, {expr} + 1, ..., {max}] |
| 2956 | - If {stride} is specified: [{expr}, {expr} + {stride}, ..., |
| 2957 | {max}] (increasing {expr} with {stride} each time, not |
| 2958 | producing a value past {max}). |
| 2959 | Examples: > |
| 2960 | range(4) " [0, 1, 2, 3] |
| 2961 | range(2, 4) " [2, 3, 4] |
| 2962 | range(2, 9, 3) " [2, 5, 8] |
| 2963 | range(2, -2, -1) " [2, 1, 0, -1, -2] |
| 2964 | < |
Bram Moolenaar | 071d427 | 2004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2965 | *remote_expr()* *E449* |
| 2966 | remote_expr({server}, {string} [, {idvar}]) |
| 2967 | Send the {string} to {server}. The string is sent as an |
| 2968 | expression and the result is returned after evaluation. |
| 2969 | If {idvar} is present, it is taken as the name of a |
| 2970 | variable and a {serverid} for later use with |
| 2971 | remote_read() is stored there. |
| 2972 | See also |clientserver| |RemoteReply|. |
| 2973 | This function is not available in the |sandbox|. |
| 2974 | {only available when compiled with the |+clientserver| feature} |
| 2975 | Note: Any errors will cause a local error message to be issued |
| 2976 | and the result will be the empty string. |
| 2977 | Examples: > |
| 2978 | :echo remote_expr("gvim", "2+2") |
| 2979 | :echo remote_expr("gvim1", "b:current_syntax") |
| 2980 | < |
| 2981 | |
| 2982 | remote_foreground({server}) *remote_foreground()* |
| 2983 | Move the Vim server with the name {server} to the foreground. |
| 2984 | This works like: > |
| 2985 | remote_expr({server}, "foreground()") |
| 2986 | < Except that on Win32 systems the client does the work, to work |
| 2987 | around the problem that the OS doesn't always allow the server |
| 2988 | to bring itself to the foreground. |
| 2989 | This function is not available in the |sandbox|. |
| 2990 | {only in the Win32, Athena, Motif and GTK GUI versions and the |
| 2991 | Win32 console version} |
| 2992 | |
| 2993 | |
| 2994 | remote_peek({serverid} [, {retvar}]) *remote_peek()* |
| 2995 | Returns a positive number if there are available strings |
| 2996 | from {serverid}. Copies any reply string into the variable |
| 2997 | {retvar} if specified. {retvar} must be a string with the |
| 2998 | name of a variable. |
| 2999 | Returns zero if none are available. |
| 3000 | Returns -1 if something is wrong. |
| 3001 | See also |clientserver|. |
| 3002 | This function is not available in the |sandbox|. |
| 3003 | {only available when compiled with the |+clientserver| feature} |
| 3004 | Examples: > |
| 3005 | :let repl = "" |
| 3006 | :echo "PEEK: ".remote_peek(id, "repl").": ".repl |
| 3007 | |
| 3008 | remote_read({serverid}) *remote_read()* |
| 3009 | Return the oldest available reply from {serverid} and consume |
| 3010 | it. It blocks until a reply is available. |
| 3011 | See also |clientserver|. |
| 3012 | This function is not available in the |sandbox|. |
| 3013 | {only available when compiled with the |+clientserver| feature} |
| 3014 | Example: > |
| 3015 | :echo remote_read(id) |
| 3016 | < |
| 3017 | *remote_send()* *E241* |
| 3018 | remote_send({server}, {string} [, {idvar}]) |
Bram Moolenaar | d4755bb | 2004-09-02 19:12:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3019 | Send the {string} to {server}. The string is sent as input |
| 3020 | keys and the function returns immediately. At the Vim server |
| 3021 | the keys are not mapped |:map|. |
Bram Moolenaar | 071d427 | 2004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3022 | If {idvar} is present, it is taken as the name of a |
| 3023 | variable and a {serverid} for later use with |
| 3024 | remote_read() is stored there. |
| 3025 | See also |clientserver| |RemoteReply|. |
| 3026 | This function is not available in the |sandbox|. |
| 3027 | {only available when compiled with the |+clientserver| feature} |
| 3028 | Note: Any errors will be reported in the server and may mess |
| 3029 | up the display. |
| 3030 | Examples: > |
| 3031 | :echo remote_send("gvim", ":DropAndReply ".file, "serverid"). |
| 3032 | \ remote_read(serverid) |
| 3033 | |
| 3034 | :autocmd NONE RemoteReply * |
| 3035 | \ echo remote_read(expand("<amatch>")) |
| 3036 | :echo remote_send("gvim", ":sleep 10 | echo ". |
| 3037 | \ 'server2client(expand("<client>"), "HELLO")<CR>') |
Bram Moolenaar | a14de3d | 2005-01-07 21:48:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3038 | < |
Bram Moolenaar | de8866b | 2005-01-06 23:24:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3039 | remove({list}, {idx} [, {end}]) *remove()* |
| 3040 | Without {end}: Remove the item at {idx} from List {list} and |
| 3041 | return it. |
| 3042 | With {end}: Remove items from {idx} to {end} (inclusive) and |
| 3043 | return a list with these items. When {idx} points to the same |
| 3044 | item as {end} a list with one item is returned. When {end} |
| 3045 | points to an item before {idx} this is an error. |
| 3046 | See |list-index| for possible values of {idx} and {end}. |
Bram Moolenaar | d7ee7ce | 2005-01-03 21:02:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3047 | Example: > |
| 3048 | :echo "last item: " . remove(mylist, -1) |
Bram Moolenaar | de8866b | 2005-01-06 23:24:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3049 | :call remove(mylist, 0, 9) |
Bram Moolenaar | d8b0273 | 2005-01-14 21:48:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3050 | remove({dict}, {key}) |
| 3051 | Remove the entry from {dict} with key {key}. Example: > |
| 3052 | :echo "removed " . remove(dict, "one") |
| 3053 | < If there is no {key} in {dict} this is an error. |
| 3054 | |
| 3055 | Use |delete()| to remove a file. |
Bram Moolenaar | d7ee7ce | 2005-01-03 21:02:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3056 | |
Bram Moolenaar | 071d427 | 2004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3057 | rename({from}, {to}) *rename()* |
| 3058 | Rename the file by the name {from} to the name {to}. This |
| 3059 | should also work to move files across file systems. The |
| 3060 | result is a Number, which is 0 if the file was renamed |
| 3061 | successfully, and non-zero when the renaming failed. |
| 3062 | This function is not available in the |sandbox|. |
| 3063 | |
Bram Moolenaar | ab79bcb | 2004-07-18 21:34:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3064 | repeat({expr}, {count}) *repeat()* |
| 3065 | Repeat {expr} {count} times and return the concatenated |
| 3066 | result. Example: > |
| 3067 | :let seperator = repeat('-', 80) |
| 3068 | < When {count} is zero or negative the result is empty. |
Bram Moolenaar | 9588a0f | 2005-01-08 21:45:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3069 | When {expr} is a List the result is {expr} concatenated |
Bram Moolenaar | de8866b | 2005-01-06 23:24:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3070 | {count} times. Example: > |
| 3071 | :let longlist = repeat(['a', 'b'], 3) |
| 3072 | < Results in ['a', 'b', 'a', 'b', 'a', 'b']. |
Bram Moolenaar | ab79bcb | 2004-07-18 21:34:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3073 | |
Bram Moolenaar | a14de3d | 2005-01-07 21:48:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3074 | |
Bram Moolenaar | 071d427 | 2004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3075 | resolve({filename}) *resolve()* *E655* |
| 3076 | On MS-Windows, when {filename} is a shortcut (a .lnk file), |
| 3077 | returns the path the shortcut points to in a simplified form. |
| 3078 | On Unix, repeat resolving symbolic links in all path |
| 3079 | components of {filename} and return the simplified result. |
| 3080 | To cope with link cycles, resolving of symbolic links is |
| 3081 | stopped after 100 iterations. |
| 3082 | On other systems, return the simplified {filename}. |
| 3083 | The simplification step is done as by |simplify()|. |
| 3084 | resolve() keeps a leading path component specifying the |
| 3085 | current directory (provided the result is still a relative |
| 3086 | path name) and also keeps a trailing path separator. |
| 3087 | |
Bram Moolenaar | a14de3d | 2005-01-07 21:48:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3088 | *reverse()* |
| 3089 | reverse({list}) Reverse the order of items in {list} in-place. Returns |
| 3090 | {list}. |
| 3091 | If you want a list to remain unmodified make a copy first: > |
| 3092 | :let revlist = reverse(copy(mylist)) |
| 3093 | |
Bram Moolenaar | 071d427 | 2004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3094 | search({pattern} [, {flags}]) *search()* |
| 3095 | Search for regexp pattern {pattern}. The search starts at the |
| 3096 | cursor position. |
| 3097 | {flags} is a String, which can contain these character flags: |
| 3098 | 'b' search backward instead of forward |
Bram Moolenaar | 5eb86f9 | 2004-07-26 12:53:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3099 | 'n' do Not move the cursor |
Bram Moolenaar | 071d427 | 2004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3100 | 'w' wrap around the end of the file |
| 3101 | 'W' don't wrap around the end of the file |
| 3102 | If neither 'w' or 'W' is given, the 'wrapscan' option applies. |
| 3103 | |
Bram Moolenaar | 5eb86f9 | 2004-07-26 12:53:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3104 | When a match has been found its line number is returned. |
| 3105 | The cursor will be positioned at the match, unless the 'n' |
| 3106 | flag is used). |
| 3107 | If there is no match a 0 is returned and the cursor doesn't |
| 3108 | move. No error message is given. |
Bram Moolenaar | 071d427 | 2004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3109 | |
| 3110 | Example (goes over all files in the argument list): > |
| 3111 | :let n = 1 |
| 3112 | :while n <= argc() " loop over all files in arglist |
| 3113 | : exe "argument " . n |
| 3114 | : " start at the last char in the file and wrap for the |
| 3115 | : " first search to find match at start of file |
| 3116 | : normal G$ |
| 3117 | : let flags = "w" |
| 3118 | : while search("foo", flags) > 0 |
| 3119 | : s/foo/bar/g |
| 3120 | : let flags = "W" |
| 3121 | : endwhile |
| 3122 | : update " write the file if modified |
| 3123 | : let n = n + 1 |
| 3124 | :endwhile |
| 3125 | < |
| 3126 | *searchpair()* |
| 3127 | searchpair({start}, {middle}, {end} [, {flags} [, {skip}]]) |
| 3128 | Search for the match of a nested start-end pair. This can be |
| 3129 | used to find the "endif" that matches an "if", while other |
| 3130 | if/endif pairs in between are ignored. |
| 3131 | The search starts at the cursor. If a match is found, the |
| 3132 | cursor is positioned at it and the line number is returned. |
| 3133 | If no match is found 0 or -1 is returned and the cursor |
| 3134 | doesn't move. No error message is given. |
| 3135 | |
| 3136 | {start}, {middle} and {end} are patterns, see |pattern|. They |
| 3137 | must not contain \( \) pairs. Use of \%( \) is allowed. When |
| 3138 | {middle} is not empty, it is found when searching from either |
| 3139 | direction, but only when not in a nested start-end pair. A |
| 3140 | typical use is: > |
| 3141 | searchpair('\<if\>', '\<else\>', '\<endif\>') |
| 3142 | < By leaving {middle} empty the "else" is skipped. |
| 3143 | |
| 3144 | {flags} are used like with |search()|. Additionally: |
| 3145 | 'n' do Not move the cursor |
| 3146 | 'r' Repeat until no more matches found; will find the |
| 3147 | outer pair |
| 3148 | 'm' return number of Matches instead of line number with |
| 3149 | the match; will only be > 1 when 'r' is used. |
| 3150 | |
| 3151 | When a match for {start}, {middle} or {end} is found, the |
| 3152 | {skip} expression is evaluated with the cursor positioned on |
| 3153 | the start of the match. It should return non-zero if this |
| 3154 | match is to be skipped. E.g., because it is inside a comment |
| 3155 | or a string. |
| 3156 | When {skip} is omitted or empty, every match is accepted. |
| 3157 | When evaluating {skip} causes an error the search is aborted |
| 3158 | and -1 returned. |
| 3159 | |
| 3160 | The value of 'ignorecase' is used. 'magic' is ignored, the |
| 3161 | patterns are used like it's on. |
| 3162 | |
| 3163 | The search starts exactly at the cursor. A match with |
| 3164 | {start}, {middle} or {end} at the next character, in the |
| 3165 | direction of searching, is the first one found. Example: > |
| 3166 | if 1 |
| 3167 | if 2 |
| 3168 | endif 2 |
| 3169 | endif 1 |
| 3170 | < When starting at the "if 2", with the cursor on the "i", and |
| 3171 | searching forwards, the "endif 2" is found. When starting on |
| 3172 | the character just before the "if 2", the "endif 1" will be |
| 3173 | found. That's because the "if 2" will be found first, and |
| 3174 | then this is considered to be a nested if/endif from "if 2" to |
| 3175 | "endif 2". |
| 3176 | When searching backwards and {end} is more than one character, |
| 3177 | it may be useful to put "\zs" at the end of the pattern, so |
| 3178 | that when the cursor is inside a match with the end it finds |
| 3179 | the matching start. |
| 3180 | |
| 3181 | Example, to find the "endif" command in a Vim script: > |
| 3182 | |
| 3183 | :echo searchpair('\<if\>', '\<el\%[seif]\>', '\<en\%[dif]\>', 'W', |
| 3184 | \ 'getline(".") =~ "^\\s*\""') |
| 3185 | |
| 3186 | < The cursor must be at or after the "if" for which a match is |
| 3187 | to be found. Note that single-quote strings are used to avoid |
| 3188 | having to double the backslashes. The skip expression only |
| 3189 | catches comments at the start of a line, not after a command. |
| 3190 | Also, a word "en" or "if" halfway a line is considered a |
| 3191 | match. |
| 3192 | Another example, to search for the matching "{" of a "}": > |
| 3193 | |
| 3194 | :echo searchpair('{', '', '}', 'bW') |
| 3195 | |
| 3196 | < This works when the cursor is at or before the "}" for which a |
| 3197 | match is to be found. To reject matches that syntax |
| 3198 | highlighting recognized as strings: > |
| 3199 | |
| 3200 | :echo searchpair('{', '', '}', 'bW', |
| 3201 | \ 'synIDattr(synID(line("."), col("."), 0), "name") =~? "string"') |
| 3202 | < |
| 3203 | server2client( {clientid}, {string}) *server2client()* |
| 3204 | Send a reply string to {clientid}. The most recent {clientid} |
| 3205 | that sent a string can be retrieved with expand("<client>"). |
| 3206 | {only available when compiled with the |+clientserver| feature} |
| 3207 | Note: |
| 3208 | This id has to be stored before the next command can be |
| 3209 | received. Ie. before returning from the received command and |
| 3210 | before calling any commands that waits for input. |
| 3211 | See also |clientserver|. |
| 3212 | Example: > |
| 3213 | :echo server2client(expand("<client>"), "HELLO") |
| 3214 | < |
| 3215 | serverlist() *serverlist()* |
| 3216 | Return a list of available server names, one per line. |
| 3217 | When there are no servers or the information is not available |
| 3218 | an empty string is returned. See also |clientserver|. |
| 3219 | {only available when compiled with the |+clientserver| feature} |
| 3220 | Example: > |
| 3221 | :echo serverlist() |
| 3222 | < |
| 3223 | setbufvar({expr}, {varname}, {val}) *setbufvar()* |
| 3224 | Set option or local variable {varname} in buffer {expr} to |
| 3225 | {val}. |
| 3226 | This also works for a global or local window option, but it |
| 3227 | doesn't work for a global or local window variable. |
| 3228 | For a local window option the global value is unchanged. |
| 3229 | For the use of {expr}, see |bufname()| above. |
| 3230 | Note that the variable name without "b:" must be used. |
| 3231 | Examples: > |
| 3232 | :call setbufvar(1, "&mod", 1) |
| 3233 | :call setbufvar("todo", "myvar", "foobar") |
| 3234 | < This function is not available in the |sandbox|. |
| 3235 | |
| 3236 | setcmdpos({pos}) *setcmdpos()* |
| 3237 | Set the cursor position in the command line to byte position |
| 3238 | {pos}. The first position is 1. |
| 3239 | Use |getcmdpos()| to obtain the current position. |
| 3240 | Only works while editing the command line, thus you must use |
Bram Moolenaar | d8b0273 | 2005-01-14 21:48:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3241 | |c_CTRL-\_e|, |c_CTRL-R_=| or |c_CTRL-R_CTRL-R| with '='. For |
| 3242 | |c_CTRL-\_e| and |c_CTRL-R_CTRL-R| with '=' the position is |
| 3243 | set after the command line is set to the expression. For |
| 3244 | |c_CTRL-R_=| it is set after evaluating the expression but |
| 3245 | before inserting the resulting text. |
Bram Moolenaar | 071d427 | 2004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3246 | When the number is too big the cursor is put at the end of the |
| 3247 | line. A number smaller than one has undefined results. |
| 3248 | Returns 0 when successful, 1 when not editing the command |
| 3249 | line. |
| 3250 | |
| 3251 | setline({lnum}, {line}) *setline()* |
| 3252 | Set line {lnum} of the current buffer to {line}. If this |
| 3253 | succeeds, 0 is returned. If this fails (most likely because |
| 3254 | {lnum} is invalid) 1 is returned. Example: > |
| 3255 | :call setline(5, strftime("%c")) |
| 3256 | < Note: The '[ and '] marks are not set. |
| 3257 | |
| 3258 | *setreg()* |
| 3259 | setreg({regname}, {value} [,{options}]) |
| 3260 | Set the register {regname} to {value}. |
| 3261 | If {options} contains "a" or {regname} is upper case, |
| 3262 | then the value is appended. |
| 3263 | {options} can also contains a register type specification: |
| 3264 | "c" or "v" |characterwise| mode |
| 3265 | "l" or "V" |linewise| mode |
| 3266 | "b" or "<CTRL-V>" |blockwise-visual| mode |
| 3267 | If a number immediately follows "b" or "<CTRL-V>" then this is |
| 3268 | used as the width of the selection - if it is not specified |
| 3269 | then the width of the block is set to the number of characters |
| 3270 | in the longest line (counting a <TAB> as 1 character). |
| 3271 | |
| 3272 | If {options} contains no register settings, then the default |
| 3273 | is to use character mode unless {value} ends in a <NL>. |
| 3274 | Setting the '=' register is not possible. |
| 3275 | Returns zero for success, non-zero for failure. |
| 3276 | |
| 3277 | Examples: > |
| 3278 | :call setreg(v:register, @*) |
| 3279 | :call setreg('*', @%, 'ac') |
| 3280 | :call setreg('a', "1\n2\n3", 'b5') |
| 3281 | |
| 3282 | < This example shows using the functions to save and restore a |
| 3283 | register. > |
| 3284 | :let var_a = getreg('a') |
| 3285 | :let var_amode = getregtype('a') |
| 3286 | .... |
| 3287 | :call setreg('a', var_a, var_amode) |
| 3288 | |
| 3289 | < You can also change the type of a register by appending |
| 3290 | nothing: > |
| 3291 | :call setreg('a', '', 'al') |
| 3292 | |
| 3293 | setwinvar({nr}, {varname}, {val}) *setwinvar()* |
| 3294 | Set option or local variable {varname} in window {nr} to |
| 3295 | {val}. |
| 3296 | This also works for a global or local buffer option, but it |
| 3297 | doesn't work for a global or local buffer variable. |
| 3298 | For a local buffer option the global value is unchanged. |
| 3299 | Note that the variable name without "w:" must be used. |
| 3300 | Examples: > |
| 3301 | :call setwinvar(1, "&list", 0) |
| 3302 | :call setwinvar(2, "myvar", "foobar") |
| 3303 | < This function is not available in the |sandbox|. |
| 3304 | |
| 3305 | simplify({filename}) *simplify()* |
| 3306 | Simplify the file name as much as possible without changing |
| 3307 | the meaning. Shortcuts (on MS-Windows) or symbolic links (on |
| 3308 | Unix) are not resolved. If the first path component in |
| 3309 | {filename} designates the current directory, this will be |
| 3310 | valid for the result as well. A trailing path separator is |
| 3311 | not removed either. |
| 3312 | Example: > |
| 3313 | simplify("./dir/.././/file/") == "./file/" |
| 3314 | < Note: The combination "dir/.." is only removed if "dir" is |
| 3315 | a searchable directory or does not exist. On Unix, it is also |
| 3316 | removed when "dir" is a symbolic link within the same |
| 3317 | directory. In order to resolve all the involved symbolic |
| 3318 | links before simplifying the path name, use |resolve()|. |
| 3319 | |
Bram Moolenaar | a14de3d | 2005-01-07 21:48:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3320 | |
Bram Moolenaar | 13065c4 | 2005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3321 | sort({list} [, {func}]) *sort()* *E702* |
Bram Moolenaar | a14de3d | 2005-01-07 21:48:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3322 | Sort the items in {list} in-place. Returns {list}. If you |
| 3323 | want a list to remain unmodified make a copy first: > |
| 3324 | :let sortedlist = sort(copy(mylist)) |
| 3325 | < Uses the string representation of each item to sort on. |
Bram Moolenaar | 5f2bb9f | 2005-01-11 21:29:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3326 | Numbers sort after Strings, Lists after Numbers. |
Bram Moolenaar | a14de3d | 2005-01-07 21:48:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3327 | When {func} is given and it is one then case is ignored. |
| 3328 | When {func} is a Funcref or a function name, this function is |
| 3329 | called to compare items. The function is invoked with two |
| 3330 | items as argument and must return zero if they are equal, 1 if |
| 3331 | the first one sorts after the second one, -1 if the first one |
| 3332 | sorts before the second one. Example: > |
| 3333 | func MyCompare(i1, i2) |
| 3334 | return a:i1 == a:i2 ? 0 : a:i1 > a:i2 ? 1 : -1 |
| 3335 | endfunc |
| 3336 | let sortedlist = sort(mylist, "MyCompare") |
| 3337 | |
Bram Moolenaar | 5f2bb9f | 2005-01-11 21:29:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3338 | split({expr} [, {pattern}]) *split()* |
Bram Moolenaar | a14de3d | 2005-01-07 21:48:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3339 | Make a List out of {expr}. When {pattern} is omitted each |
| 3340 | white-separated sequence of characters becomes an item. |
| 3341 | Otherwise the string is split where {pattern} matches, |
| 3342 | removing the matched characters. Empty strings are omitted. |
| 3343 | Example: > |
Bram Moolenaar | 5f2bb9f | 2005-01-11 21:29:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3344 | :let words = split(getline('.'), '\W\+') |
Bram Moolenaar | a14de3d | 2005-01-07 21:48:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3345 | < Since empty strings are not added the "\+" isn't required but |
| 3346 | it makes the function work a bit faster. |
Bram Moolenaar | 5f2bb9f | 2005-01-11 21:29:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3347 | The opposite function is |join()|. |
Bram Moolenaar | a14de3d | 2005-01-07 21:48:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3348 | |
| 3349 | |
Bram Moolenaar | 071d427 | 2004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3350 | strftime({format} [, {time}]) *strftime()* |
| 3351 | The result is a String, which is a formatted date and time, as |
| 3352 | specified by the {format} string. The given {time} is used, |
| 3353 | or the current time if no time is given. The accepted |
| 3354 | {format} depends on your system, thus this is not portable! |
| 3355 | See the manual page of the C function strftime() for the |
| 3356 | format. The maximum length of the result is 80 characters. |
| 3357 | See also |localtime()| and |getftime()|. |
| 3358 | The language can be changed with the |:language| command. |
| 3359 | Examples: > |
| 3360 | :echo strftime("%c") Sun Apr 27 11:49:23 1997 |
| 3361 | :echo strftime("%Y %b %d %X") 1997 Apr 27 11:53:25 |
| 3362 | :echo strftime("%y%m%d %T") 970427 11:53:55 |
| 3363 | :echo strftime("%H:%M") 11:55 |
| 3364 | :echo strftime("%c", getftime("file.c")) |
| 3365 | Show mod time of file.c. |
Bram Moolenaar | a14de3d | 2005-01-07 21:48:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3366 | < Not available on all systems. To check use: > |
| 3367 | :if exists("*strftime") |
| 3368 | |
Bram Moolenaar | 071d427 | 2004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3369 | stridx({haystack}, {needle}) *stridx()* |
| 3370 | The result is a Number, which gives the index in {haystack} of |
| 3371 | the first occurrence of the String {needle} in the String |
| 3372 | {haystack}. The search is done case-sensitive. For advanced |
| 3373 | searches use |match()|. |
| 3374 | If the {needle} does not occur in {haystack} it returns -1. |
| 3375 | See also |strridx()|. Examples: > |
| 3376 | :echo stridx("An Example", "Example") 3 |
| 3377 | :echo stridx("Starting point", "Start") 0 |
| 3378 | :echo stridx("Starting point", "start") -1 |
| 3379 | < |
Bram Moolenaar | d7ee7ce | 2005-01-03 21:02:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3380 | *string()* |
Bram Moolenaar | 5f2bb9f | 2005-01-11 21:29:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3381 | string({expr}) Return {expr} converted to a String. If {expr} is a Number, |
| 3382 | String or a composition of them, then the result can be parsed |
| 3383 | back with |eval()|. |
Bram Moolenaar | d7ee7ce | 2005-01-03 21:02:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3384 | {expr} type result ~ |
Bram Moolenaar | d8b0273 | 2005-01-14 21:48:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3385 | String 'string' |
Bram Moolenaar | 5f2bb9f | 2005-01-11 21:29:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3386 | Number 123 |
Bram Moolenaar | d8b0273 | 2005-01-14 21:48:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3387 | Funcref function('name') |
Bram Moolenaar | 5f2bb9f | 2005-01-11 21:29:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3388 | List [item, item] |
Bram Moolenaar | d8b0273 | 2005-01-14 21:48:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3389 | Note that in String values the ' character is doubled. |
Bram Moolenaar | d7ee7ce | 2005-01-03 21:02:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3390 | |
Bram Moolenaar | 071d427 | 2004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3391 | *strlen()* |
| 3392 | strlen({expr}) The result is a Number, which is the length of the String |
| 3393 | {expr} in bytes. If you want to count the number of |
| 3394 | multi-byte characters use something like this: > |
| 3395 | |
| 3396 | :let len = strlen(substitute(str, ".", "x", "g")) |
| 3397 | |
| 3398 | < Composing characters are not counted. |
Bram Moolenaar | d7ee7ce | 2005-01-03 21:02:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3399 | If the argument is a Number it is first converted to a String. |
| 3400 | For other types an error is given. |
| 3401 | Also see |len()|. |
Bram Moolenaar | 071d427 | 2004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3402 | |
| 3403 | strpart({src}, {start}[, {len}]) *strpart()* |
| 3404 | The result is a String, which is part of {src}, starting from |
| 3405 | byte {start}, with the length {len}. |
| 3406 | When non-existing bytes are included, this doesn't result in |
| 3407 | an error, the bytes are simply omitted. |
| 3408 | If {len} is missing, the copy continues from {start} till the |
| 3409 | end of the {src}. > |
| 3410 | strpart("abcdefg", 3, 2) == "de" |
| 3411 | strpart("abcdefg", -2, 4) == "ab" |
| 3412 | strpart("abcdefg", 5, 4) == "fg" |
| 3413 | strpart("abcdefg", 3) == "defg" |
| 3414 | < Note: To get the first character, {start} must be 0. For |
| 3415 | example, to get three bytes under and after the cursor: > |
| 3416 | strpart(getline(line(".")), col(".") - 1, 3) |
| 3417 | < |
| 3418 | strridx({haystack}, {needle}) *strridx()* |
| 3419 | The result is a Number, which gives the index in {haystack} of |
| 3420 | the last occurrence of the String {needle} in the String |
| 3421 | {haystack}. The search is done case-sensitive. For advanced |
| 3422 | searches use |match()|. |
| 3423 | If the {needle} does not occur in {haystack} it returns -1. |
Bram Moolenaar | d4755bb | 2004-09-02 19:12:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3424 | If the {needle} is empty the length of {haystack} is returned. |
Bram Moolenaar | 071d427 | 2004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3425 | See also |stridx()|. Examples: > |
| 3426 | :echo strridx("an angry armadillo", "an") 3 |
| 3427 | < |
| 3428 | strtrans({expr}) *strtrans()* |
| 3429 | The result is a String, which is {expr} with all unprintable |
| 3430 | characters translated into printable characters |'isprint'|. |
| 3431 | Like they are shown in a window. Example: > |
| 3432 | echo strtrans(@a) |
| 3433 | < This displays a newline in register a as "^@" instead of |
| 3434 | starting a new line. |
| 3435 | |
| 3436 | submatch({nr}) *submatch()* |
| 3437 | Only for an expression in a |:substitute| command. Returns |
| 3438 | the {nr}'th submatch of the matched text. When {nr} is 0 |
| 3439 | the whole matched text is returned. |
| 3440 | Example: > |
| 3441 | :s/\d\+/\=submatch(0) + 1/ |
| 3442 | < This finds the first number in the line and adds one to it. |
| 3443 | A line break is included as a newline character. |
| 3444 | |
| 3445 | substitute({expr}, {pat}, {sub}, {flags}) *substitute()* |
| 3446 | The result is a String, which is a copy of {expr}, in which |
| 3447 | the first match of {pat} is replaced with {sub}. This works |
| 3448 | like the ":substitute" command (without any flags). But the |
| 3449 | matching with {pat} is always done like the 'magic' option is |
| 3450 | set and 'cpoptions' is empty (to make scripts portable). |
| 3451 | See |string-match| for how {pat} is used. |
| 3452 | And a "~" in {sub} is not replaced with the previous {sub}. |
| 3453 | Note that some codes in {sub} have a special meaning |
| 3454 | |sub-replace-special|. For example, to replace something with |
| 3455 | "\n" (two characters), use "\\\\n" or '\\n'. |
| 3456 | When {pat} does not match in {expr}, {expr} is returned |
| 3457 | unmodified. |
| 3458 | When {flags} is "g", all matches of {pat} in {expr} are |
| 3459 | replaced. Otherwise {flags} should be "". |
| 3460 | Example: > |
| 3461 | :let &path = substitute(&path, ",\\=[^,]*$", "", "") |
| 3462 | < This removes the last component of the 'path' option. > |
| 3463 | :echo substitute("testing", ".*", "\\U\\0", "") |
| 3464 | < results in "TESTING". |
| 3465 | |
Bram Moolenaar | 47136d7 | 2004-10-12 20:02:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3466 | synID({lnum}, {col}, {trans}) *synID()* |
Bram Moolenaar | 071d427 | 2004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3467 | The result is a Number, which is the syntax ID at the position |
Bram Moolenaar | 47136d7 | 2004-10-12 20:02:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3468 | {lnum} and {col} in the current window. |
Bram Moolenaar | 071d427 | 2004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3469 | The syntax ID can be used with |synIDattr()| and |
| 3470 | |synIDtrans()| to obtain syntax information about text. |
Bram Moolenaar | 47136d7 | 2004-10-12 20:02:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3471 | {col} is 1 for the leftmost column, {lnum} is 1 for the first |
Bram Moolenaar | 071d427 | 2004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3472 | line. |
| 3473 | When {trans} is non-zero, transparent items are reduced to the |
| 3474 | item that they reveal. This is useful when wanting to know |
| 3475 | the effective color. When {trans} is zero, the transparent |
| 3476 | item is returned. This is useful when wanting to know which |
| 3477 | syntax item is effective (e.g. inside parens). |
| 3478 | Warning: This function can be very slow. Best speed is |
| 3479 | obtained by going through the file in forward direction. |
| 3480 | |
| 3481 | Example (echoes the name of the syntax item under the cursor): > |
| 3482 | :echo synIDattr(synID(line("."), col("."), 1), "name") |
| 3483 | < |
| 3484 | synIDattr({synID}, {what} [, {mode}]) *synIDattr()* |
| 3485 | The result is a String, which is the {what} attribute of |
| 3486 | syntax ID {synID}. This can be used to obtain information |
| 3487 | about a syntax item. |
| 3488 | {mode} can be "gui", "cterm" or "term", to get the attributes |
| 3489 | for that mode. When {mode} is omitted, or an invalid value is |
| 3490 | used, the attributes for the currently active highlighting are |
| 3491 | used (GUI, cterm or term). |
| 3492 | Use synIDtrans() to follow linked highlight groups. |
| 3493 | {what} result |
| 3494 | "name" the name of the syntax item |
| 3495 | "fg" foreground color (GUI: color name used to set |
| 3496 | the color, cterm: color number as a string, |
| 3497 | term: empty string) |
| 3498 | "bg" background color (like "fg") |
| 3499 | "fg#" like "fg", but for the GUI and the GUI is |
| 3500 | running the name in "#RRGGBB" form |
| 3501 | "bg#" like "fg#" for "bg" |
| 3502 | "bold" "1" if bold |
| 3503 | "italic" "1" if italic |
| 3504 | "reverse" "1" if reverse |
| 3505 | "inverse" "1" if inverse (= reverse) |
| 3506 | "underline" "1" if underlined |
| 3507 | |
| 3508 | Example (echoes the color of the syntax item under the |
| 3509 | cursor): > |
| 3510 | :echo synIDattr(synIDtrans(synID(line("."), col("."), 1)), "fg") |
| 3511 | < |
| 3512 | synIDtrans({synID}) *synIDtrans()* |
| 3513 | The result is a Number, which is the translated syntax ID of |
| 3514 | {synID}. This is the syntax group ID of what is being used to |
| 3515 | highlight the character. Highlight links given with |
| 3516 | ":highlight link" are followed. |
| 3517 | |
Bram Moolenaar | c0197e2 | 2004-09-13 20:26:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3518 | system({expr} [, {input}]) *system()* *E677* |
| 3519 | Get the output of the shell command {expr}. |
| 3520 | When {input} is given, this string is written to a file and |
| 3521 | passed as stdin to the command. The string is written as-is, |
| 3522 | you need to take care of using the correct line separators |
| 3523 | yourself. |
| 3524 | Note: newlines in {expr} may cause the command to fail. The |
| 3525 | characters in 'shellquote' and 'shellxquote' may also cause |
| 3526 | trouble. |
Bram Moolenaar | 071d427 | 2004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3527 | This is not to be used for interactive commands. |
| 3528 | The result is a String. Example: > |
| 3529 | |
| 3530 | :let files = system("ls") |
| 3531 | |
| 3532 | < To make the result more system-independent, the shell output |
| 3533 | is filtered to replace <CR> with <NL> for Macintosh, and |
| 3534 | <CR><NL> with <NL> for DOS-like systems. |
| 3535 | The command executed is constructed using several options: |
| 3536 | 'shell' 'shellcmdflag' 'shellxquote' {expr} 'shellredir' {tmp} 'shellxquote' |
| 3537 | ({tmp} is an automatically generated file name). |
| 3538 | For Unix and OS/2 braces are put around {expr} to allow for |
| 3539 | concatenated commands. |
| 3540 | |
| 3541 | The resulting error code can be found in |v:shell_error|. |
| 3542 | This function will fail in |restricted-mode|. |
| 3543 | Unlike ":!cmd" there is no automatic check for changed files. |
| 3544 | Use |:checktime| to force a check. |
| 3545 | |
| 3546 | tempname() *tempname()* *temp-file-name* |
| 3547 | The result is a String, which is the name of a file that |
| 3548 | doesn't exist. It can be used for a temporary file. The name |
| 3549 | is different for at least 26 consecutive calls. Example: > |
| 3550 | :let tmpfile = tempname() |
| 3551 | :exe "redir > " . tmpfile |
| 3552 | < For Unix, the file will be in a private directory (only |
| 3553 | accessible by the current user) to avoid security problems |
| 3554 | (e.g., a symlink attack or other people reading your file). |
| 3555 | When Vim exits the directory and all files in it are deleted. |
| 3556 | For MS-Windows forward slashes are used when the 'shellslash' |
| 3557 | option is set or when 'shellcmdflag' starts with '-'. |
| 3558 | |
| 3559 | tolower({expr}) *tolower()* |
| 3560 | The result is a copy of the String given, with all uppercase |
| 3561 | characters turned into lowercase (just like applying |gu| to |
| 3562 | the string). |
| 3563 | |
| 3564 | toupper({expr}) *toupper()* |
| 3565 | The result is a copy of the String given, with all lowercase |
| 3566 | characters turned into uppercase (just like applying |gU| to |
| 3567 | the string). |
| 3568 | |
Bram Moolenaar | 8299df9 | 2004-07-10 09:47:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3569 | tr({src}, {fromstr}, {tostr}) *tr()* |
| 3570 | The result is a copy of the {src} string with all characters |
| 3571 | which appear in {fromstr} replaced by the character in that |
| 3572 | position in the {tostr} string. Thus the first character in |
| 3573 | {fromstr} is translated into the first character in {tostr} |
| 3574 | and so on. Exactly like the unix "tr" command. |
| 3575 | This code also deals with multibyte characters properly. |
| 3576 | |
| 3577 | Examples: > |
| 3578 | echo tr("hello there", "ht", "HT") |
| 3579 | < returns "Hello THere" > |
| 3580 | echo tr("<blob>", "<>", "{}") |
| 3581 | < returns "{blob}" |
| 3582 | |
Bram Moolenaar | 9588a0f | 2005-01-08 21:45:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3583 | *type()* |
| 3584 | type({expr}) The result is a Number, depending on the type of {expr}: |
| 3585 | Number: 0 |
| 3586 | String: 1 |
| 3587 | Funcref: 2 |
| 3588 | List: 3 |
| 3589 | To avoid the magic numbers it can be used this way: > |
| 3590 | :if type(myvar) == type(0) |
| 3591 | :if type(myvar) == type("") |
| 3592 | :if type(myvar) == type(function("tr")) |
| 3593 | :if type(myvar) == type([]) |
Bram Moolenaar | 071d427 | 2004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3594 | |
| 3595 | virtcol({expr}) *virtcol()* |
| 3596 | The result is a Number, which is the screen column of the file |
| 3597 | position given with {expr}. That is, the last screen position |
| 3598 | occupied by the character at that position, when the screen |
| 3599 | would be of unlimited width. When there is a <Tab> at the |
| 3600 | position, the returned Number will be the column at the end of |
| 3601 | the <Tab>. For example, for a <Tab> in column 1, with 'ts' |
| 3602 | set to 8, it returns 8. |
| 3603 | For the byte position use |col()|. |
| 3604 | When Virtual editing is active in the current mode, a position |
| 3605 | beyond the end of the line can be returned. |'virtualedit'| |
| 3606 | The accepted positions are: |
| 3607 | . the cursor position |
| 3608 | $ the end of the cursor line (the result is the |
| 3609 | number of displayed characters in the cursor line |
| 3610 | plus one) |
| 3611 | 'x position of mark x (if the mark is not set, 0 is |
| 3612 | returned) |
| 3613 | Note that only marks in the current file can be used. |
| 3614 | Examples: > |
| 3615 | virtcol(".") with text "foo^Lbar", with cursor on the "^L", returns 5 |
| 3616 | virtcol("$") with text "foo^Lbar", returns 9 |
| 3617 | virtcol("'t") with text " there", with 't at 'h', returns 6 |
| 3618 | < The first column is 1. 0 is returned for an error. |
| 3619 | |
| 3620 | visualmode([expr]) *visualmode()* |
| 3621 | The result is a String, which describes the last Visual mode |
| 3622 | used. Initially it returns an empty string, but once Visual |
| 3623 | mode has been used, it returns "v", "V", or "<CTRL-V>" (a |
| 3624 | single CTRL-V character) for character-wise, line-wise, or |
| 3625 | block-wise Visual mode respectively. |
| 3626 | Example: > |
| 3627 | :exe "normal " . visualmode() |
| 3628 | < This enters the same Visual mode as before. It is also useful |
| 3629 | in scripts if you wish to act differently depending on the |
| 3630 | Visual mode that was used. |
| 3631 | |
| 3632 | If an expression is supplied that results in a non-zero number |
| 3633 | or a non-empty string, then the Visual mode will be cleared |
| 3634 | and the old value is returned. Note that " " and "0" are also |
| 3635 | non-empty strings, thus cause the mode to be cleared. |
| 3636 | |
| 3637 | *winbufnr()* |
| 3638 | winbufnr({nr}) The result is a Number, which is the number of the buffer |
| 3639 | associated with window {nr}. When {nr} is zero, the number of |
| 3640 | the buffer in the current window is returned. When window |
| 3641 | {nr} doesn't exist, -1 is returned. |
| 3642 | Example: > |
| 3643 | :echo "The file in the current window is " . bufname(winbufnr(0)) |
| 3644 | < |
| 3645 | *wincol()* |
| 3646 | wincol() The result is a Number, which is the virtual column of the |
| 3647 | cursor in the window. This is counting screen cells from the |
| 3648 | left side of the window. The leftmost column is one. |
| 3649 | |
| 3650 | winheight({nr}) *winheight()* |
| 3651 | The result is a Number, which is the height of window {nr}. |
| 3652 | When {nr} is zero, the height of the current window is |
| 3653 | returned. When window {nr} doesn't exist, -1 is returned. |
| 3654 | An existing window always has a height of zero or more. |
| 3655 | Examples: > |
| 3656 | :echo "The current window has " . winheight(0) . " lines." |
| 3657 | < |
| 3658 | *winline()* |
| 3659 | winline() The result is a Number, which is the screen line of the cursor |
| 3660 | in the window. This is counting screen lines from the top of |
| 3661 | the window. The first line is one. |
| 3662 | |
| 3663 | *winnr()* |
Bram Moolenaar | 5eb86f9 | 2004-07-26 12:53:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3664 | winnr([{arg}]) The result is a Number, which is the number of the current |
| 3665 | window. The top window has number 1. |
| 3666 | When the optional argument is "$", the number of the |
| 3667 | last window is returnd (the window count). |
| 3668 | When the optional argument is "#", the number of the last |
| 3669 | accessed window is returned (where |CTRL-W_p| goes to). |
| 3670 | If there is no previous window 0 is returned. |
| 3671 | The number can be used with |CTRL-W_w| and ":wincmd w" |
| 3672 | |:wincmd|. |
Bram Moolenaar | 071d427 | 2004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3673 | |
| 3674 | *winrestcmd()* |
| 3675 | winrestcmd() Returns a sequence of |:resize| commands that should restore |
| 3676 | the current window sizes. Only works properly when no windows |
| 3677 | are opened or closed and the current window is unchanged. |
| 3678 | Example: > |
| 3679 | :let cmd = winrestcmd() |
| 3680 | :call MessWithWindowSizes() |
| 3681 | :exe cmd |
| 3682 | |
| 3683 | winwidth({nr}) *winwidth()* |
| 3684 | The result is a Number, which is the width of window {nr}. |
| 3685 | When {nr} is zero, the width of the current window is |
| 3686 | returned. When window {nr} doesn't exist, -1 is returned. |
| 3687 | An existing window always has a width of zero or more. |
| 3688 | Examples: > |
| 3689 | :echo "The current window has " . winwidth(0) . " columns." |
| 3690 | :if winwidth(0) <= 50 |
| 3691 | : exe "normal 50\<C-W>|" |
| 3692 | :endif |
| 3693 | < |
| 3694 | |
| 3695 | *feature-list* |
| 3696 | There are three types of features: |
| 3697 | 1. Features that are only supported when they have been enabled when Vim |
| 3698 | was compiled |+feature-list|. Example: > |
| 3699 | :if has("cindent") |
| 3700 | 2. Features that are only supported when certain conditions have been met. |
| 3701 | Example: > |
| 3702 | :if has("gui_running") |
| 3703 | < *has-patch* |
| 3704 | 3. Included patches. First check |v:version| for the version of Vim. |
| 3705 | Then the "patch123" feature means that patch 123 has been included for |
| 3706 | this version. Example (checking version 6.2.148 or later): > |
| 3707 | :if v:version > 602 || v:version == 602 && has("patch148") |
| 3708 | |
| 3709 | all_builtin_terms Compiled with all builtin terminals enabled. |
| 3710 | amiga Amiga version of Vim. |
| 3711 | arabic Compiled with Arabic support |Arabic|. |
| 3712 | arp Compiled with ARP support (Amiga). |
| 3713 | autocmd Compiled with autocommands support. |
| 3714 | balloon_eval Compiled with |balloon-eval| support. |
| 3715 | beos BeOS version of Vim. |
| 3716 | browse Compiled with |:browse| support, and browse() will |
| 3717 | work. |
| 3718 | builtin_terms Compiled with some builtin terminals. |
| 3719 | byte_offset Compiled with support for 'o' in 'statusline' |
| 3720 | cindent Compiled with 'cindent' support. |
| 3721 | clientserver Compiled with remote invocation support |clientserver|. |
| 3722 | clipboard Compiled with 'clipboard' support. |
| 3723 | cmdline_compl Compiled with |cmdline-completion| support. |
| 3724 | cmdline_hist Compiled with |cmdline-history| support. |
| 3725 | cmdline_info Compiled with 'showcmd' and 'ruler' support. |
| 3726 | comments Compiled with |'comments'| support. |
| 3727 | cryptv Compiled with encryption support |encryption|. |
| 3728 | cscope Compiled with |cscope| support. |
| 3729 | compatible Compiled to be very Vi compatible. |
| 3730 | debug Compiled with "DEBUG" defined. |
| 3731 | dialog_con Compiled with console dialog support. |
| 3732 | dialog_gui Compiled with GUI dialog support. |
| 3733 | diff Compiled with |vimdiff| and 'diff' support. |
| 3734 | digraphs Compiled with support for digraphs. |
| 3735 | dnd Compiled with support for the "~ register |quote_~|. |
| 3736 | dos32 32 bits DOS (DJGPP) version of Vim. |
| 3737 | dos16 16 bits DOS version of Vim. |
| 3738 | ebcdic Compiled on a machine with ebcdic character set. |
| 3739 | emacs_tags Compiled with support for Emacs tags. |
| 3740 | eval Compiled with expression evaluation support. Always |
| 3741 | true, of course! |
| 3742 | ex_extra Compiled with extra Ex commands |+ex_extra|. |
| 3743 | extra_search Compiled with support for |'incsearch'| and |
| 3744 | |'hlsearch'| |
| 3745 | farsi Compiled with Farsi support |farsi|. |
| 3746 | file_in_path Compiled with support for |gf| and |<cfile>| |
| 3747 | find_in_path Compiled with support for include file searches |
| 3748 | |+find_in_path|. |
| 3749 | fname_case Case in file names matters (for Amiga, MS-DOS, and |
| 3750 | Windows this is not present). |
| 3751 | folding Compiled with |folding| support. |
| 3752 | footer Compiled with GUI footer support. |gui-footer| |
| 3753 | fork Compiled to use fork()/exec() instead of system(). |
| 3754 | gettext Compiled with message translation |multi-lang| |
| 3755 | gui Compiled with GUI enabled. |
| 3756 | gui_athena Compiled with Athena GUI. |
Bram Moolenaar | 69a7cb4 | 2004-06-20 12:51:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3757 | gui_beos Compiled with BeOS GUI. |
Bram Moolenaar | 071d427 | 2004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3758 | gui_gtk Compiled with GTK+ GUI (any version). |
| 3759 | gui_gtk2 Compiled with GTK+ 2 GUI (gui_gtk is also defined). |
Bram Moolenaar | 843ee41 | 2004-06-30 16:16:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3760 | gui_kde Compiled with KDE GUI |KVim| |
Bram Moolenaar | 071d427 | 2004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3761 | gui_mac Compiled with Macintosh GUI. |
| 3762 | gui_motif Compiled with Motif GUI. |
| 3763 | gui_photon Compiled with Photon GUI. |
| 3764 | gui_win32 Compiled with MS Windows Win32 GUI. |
| 3765 | gui_win32s idem, and Win32s system being used (Windows 3.1) |
| 3766 | gui_running Vim is running in the GUI, or it will start soon. |
| 3767 | hangul_input Compiled with Hangul input support. |hangul| |
| 3768 | iconv Can use iconv() for conversion. |
| 3769 | insert_expand Compiled with support for CTRL-X expansion commands in |
| 3770 | Insert mode. |
| 3771 | jumplist Compiled with |jumplist| support. |
| 3772 | keymap Compiled with 'keymap' support. |
| 3773 | langmap Compiled with 'langmap' support. |
| 3774 | libcall Compiled with |libcall()| support. |
| 3775 | linebreak Compiled with 'linebreak', 'breakat' and 'showbreak' |
| 3776 | support. |
| 3777 | lispindent Compiled with support for lisp indenting. |
| 3778 | listcmds Compiled with commands for the buffer list |:files| |
| 3779 | and the argument list |arglist|. |
| 3780 | localmap Compiled with local mappings and abbr. |:map-local| |
| 3781 | mac Macintosh version of Vim. |
| 3782 | macunix Macintosh version of Vim, using Unix files (OS-X). |
| 3783 | menu Compiled with support for |:menu|. |
| 3784 | mksession Compiled with support for |:mksession|. |
| 3785 | modify_fname Compiled with file name modifiers. |filename-modifiers| |
| 3786 | mouse Compiled with support mouse. |
| 3787 | mouseshape Compiled with support for 'mouseshape'. |
| 3788 | mouse_dec Compiled with support for Dec terminal mouse. |
| 3789 | mouse_gpm Compiled with support for gpm (Linux console mouse) |
| 3790 | mouse_netterm Compiled with support for netterm mouse. |
| 3791 | mouse_pterm Compiled with support for qnx pterm mouse. |
| 3792 | mouse_xterm Compiled with support for xterm mouse. |
| 3793 | multi_byte Compiled with support for editing Korean et al. |
| 3794 | multi_byte_ime Compiled with support for IME input method. |
| 3795 | multi_lang Compiled with support for multiple languages. |
Bram Moolenaar | 325b7a2 | 2004-07-05 15:58:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3796 | mzscheme Compiled with MzScheme interface |mzscheme|. |
Bram Moolenaar | 071d427 | 2004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3797 | netbeans_intg Compiled with support for |netbeans|. |
Bram Moolenaar | 009b259 | 2004-10-24 19:18:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3798 | netbeans_enabled Compiled with support for |netbeans| and it's used. |
Bram Moolenaar | 071d427 | 2004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3799 | ole Compiled with OLE automation support for Win32. |
| 3800 | os2 OS/2 version of Vim. |
| 3801 | osfiletype Compiled with support for osfiletypes |+osfiletype| |
| 3802 | path_extra Compiled with up/downwards search in 'path' and 'tags' |
| 3803 | perl Compiled with Perl interface. |
| 3804 | postscript Compiled with PostScript file printing. |
| 3805 | printer Compiled with |:hardcopy| support. |
| 3806 | python Compiled with Python interface. |
| 3807 | qnx QNX version of Vim. |
| 3808 | quickfix Compiled with |quickfix| support. |
| 3809 | rightleft Compiled with 'rightleft' support. |
| 3810 | ruby Compiled with Ruby interface |ruby|. |
| 3811 | scrollbind Compiled with 'scrollbind' support. |
| 3812 | showcmd Compiled with 'showcmd' support. |
| 3813 | signs Compiled with |:sign| support. |
| 3814 | smartindent Compiled with 'smartindent' support. |
Bram Moolenaar | 69a7cb4 | 2004-06-20 12:51:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3815 | sniff Compiled with SNiFF interface support. |
Bram Moolenaar | 071d427 | 2004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3816 | statusline Compiled with support for 'statusline', 'rulerformat' |
| 3817 | and special formats of 'titlestring' and 'iconstring'. |
| 3818 | sun_workshop Compiled with support for Sun |workshop|. |
| 3819 | syntax Compiled with syntax highlighting support. |
| 3820 | syntax_items There are active syntax highlighting items for the |
| 3821 | current buffer. |
| 3822 | system Compiled to use system() instead of fork()/exec(). |
| 3823 | tag_binary Compiled with binary searching in tags files |
| 3824 | |tag-binary-search|. |
| 3825 | tag_old_static Compiled with support for old static tags |
| 3826 | |tag-old-static|. |
| 3827 | tag_any_white Compiled with support for any white characters in tags |
| 3828 | files |tag-any-white|. |
| 3829 | tcl Compiled with Tcl interface. |
| 3830 | terminfo Compiled with terminfo instead of termcap. |
| 3831 | termresponse Compiled with support for |t_RV| and |v:termresponse|. |
| 3832 | textobjects Compiled with support for |text-objects|. |
| 3833 | tgetent Compiled with tgetent support, able to use a termcap |
| 3834 | or terminfo file. |
| 3835 | title Compiled with window title support |'title'|. |
| 3836 | toolbar Compiled with support for |gui-toolbar|. |
| 3837 | unix Unix version of Vim. |
| 3838 | user_commands User-defined commands. |
| 3839 | viminfo Compiled with viminfo support. |
| 3840 | vim_starting True while initial source'ing takes place. |
| 3841 | vertsplit Compiled with vertically split windows |:vsplit|. |
| 3842 | virtualedit Compiled with 'virtualedit' option. |
| 3843 | visual Compiled with Visual mode. |
| 3844 | visualextra Compiled with extra Visual mode commands. |
| 3845 | |blockwise-operators|. |
| 3846 | vms VMS version of Vim. |
| 3847 | vreplace Compiled with |gR| and |gr| commands. |
| 3848 | wildignore Compiled with 'wildignore' option. |
| 3849 | wildmenu Compiled with 'wildmenu' option. |
| 3850 | windows Compiled with support for more than one window. |
| 3851 | winaltkeys Compiled with 'winaltkeys' option. |
| 3852 | win16 Win16 version of Vim (MS-Windows 3.1). |
| 3853 | win32 Win32 version of Vim (MS-Windows 95/98/ME/NT/2000/XP). |
| 3854 | win64 Win64 version of Vim (MS-Windows 64 bit). |
| 3855 | win32unix Win32 version of Vim, using Unix files (Cygwin) |
| 3856 | win95 Win32 version for MS-Windows 95/98/ME. |
| 3857 | writebackup Compiled with 'writebackup' default on. |
| 3858 | xfontset Compiled with X fontset support |xfontset|. |
| 3859 | xim Compiled with X input method support |xim|. |
| 3860 | xsmp Compiled with X session management support. |
| 3861 | xsmp_interact Compiled with interactive X session management support. |
| 3862 | xterm_clipboard Compiled with support for xterm clipboard. |
| 3863 | xterm_save Compiled with support for saving and restoring the |
| 3864 | xterm screen. |
| 3865 | x11 Compiled with X11 support. |
| 3866 | |
| 3867 | *string-match* |
| 3868 | Matching a pattern in a String |
| 3869 | |
| 3870 | A regexp pattern as explained at |pattern| is normally used to find a match in |
| 3871 | the buffer lines. When a pattern is used to find a match in a String, almost |
| 3872 | everything works in the same way. The difference is that a String is handled |
| 3873 | like it is one line. When it contains a "\n" character, this is not seen as a |
| 3874 | line break for the pattern. It can be matched with a "\n" in the pattern, or |
| 3875 | with ".". Example: > |
| 3876 | :let a = "aaaa\nxxxx" |
| 3877 | :echo matchstr(a, "..\n..") |
| 3878 | aa |
| 3879 | xx |
| 3880 | :echo matchstr(a, "a.x") |
| 3881 | a |
| 3882 | x |
| 3883 | |
| 3884 | Don't forget that "^" will only match at the first character of the String and |
| 3885 | "$" at the last character of the string. They don't match after or before a |
| 3886 | "\n". |
| 3887 | |
| 3888 | ============================================================================== |
| 3889 | 5. Defining functions *user-functions* |
| 3890 | |
| 3891 | New functions can be defined. These can be called just like builtin |
| 3892 | functions. The function executes a sequence of Ex commands. Normal mode |
| 3893 | commands can be executed with the |:normal| command. |
| 3894 | |
| 3895 | The function name must start with an uppercase letter, to avoid confusion with |
| 3896 | builtin functions. To prevent from using the same name in different scripts |
| 3897 | avoid obvious, short names. A good habit is to start the function name with |
| 3898 | the name of the script, e.g., "HTMLcolor()". |
| 3899 | |
| 3900 | It's also possible to use curly braces, see |curly-braces-names|. |
| 3901 | |
| 3902 | *local-function* |
| 3903 | A function local to a script must start with "s:". A local script function |
| 3904 | can only be called from within the script and from functions, user commands |
| 3905 | and autocommands defined in the script. It is also possible to call the |
| 3906 | function from a mappings defined in the script, but then |<SID>| must be used |
| 3907 | instead of "s:" when the mapping is expanded outside of the script. |
| 3908 | |
| 3909 | *:fu* *:function* *E128* *E129* *E123* |
| 3910 | :fu[nction] List all functions and their arguments. |
| 3911 | |
| 3912 | :fu[nction] {name} List function {name}. |
| 3913 | *E124* *E125* |
| 3914 | :fu[nction][!] {name}([arguments]) [range] [abort] |
| 3915 | Define a new function by the name {name}. The name |
| 3916 | must be made of alphanumeric characters and '_', and |
| 3917 | must start with a capital or "s:" (see above). |
| 3918 | *function-argument* *a:var* |
| 3919 | An argument can be defined by giving its name. In the |
| 3920 | function this can then be used as "a:name" ("a:" for |
| 3921 | argument). |
| 3922 | Up to 20 arguments can be given, separated by commas. |
| 3923 | Finally, an argument "..." can be specified, which |
| 3924 | means that more arguments may be following. In the |
| 3925 | function they can be used as "a:1", "a:2", etc. "a:0" |
| 3926 | is set to the number of extra arguments (which can be |
| 3927 | 0). |
| 3928 | When not using "...", the number of arguments in a |
| 3929 | function call must be equal to the number of named |
| 3930 | arguments. When using "...", the number of arguments |
| 3931 | may be larger. |
| 3932 | It is also possible to define a function without any |
| 3933 | arguments. You must still supply the () then. |
| 3934 | The body of the function follows in the next lines, |
| 3935 | until the matching |:endfunction|. It is allowed to |
| 3936 | define another function inside a function body. |
| 3937 | *E127* *E122* |
| 3938 | When a function by this name already exists and [!] is |
| 3939 | not used an error message is given. When [!] is used, |
| 3940 | an existing function is silently replaced. Unless it |
| 3941 | is currently being executed, that is an error. |
| 3942 | *a:firstline* *a:lastline* |
| 3943 | When the [range] argument is added, the function is |
| 3944 | expected to take care of a range itself. The range is |
| 3945 | passed as "a:firstline" and "a:lastline". If [range] |
| 3946 | is excluded, ":{range}call" will call the function for |
| 3947 | each line in the range, with the cursor on the start |
| 3948 | of each line. See |function-range-example|. |
| 3949 | When the [abort] argument is added, the function will |
| 3950 | abort as soon as an error is detected. |
| 3951 | The last used search pattern and the redo command "." |
| 3952 | will not be changed by the function. |
| 3953 | |
| 3954 | *:endf* *:endfunction* *E126* *E193* |
| 3955 | :endf[unction] The end of a function definition. Must be on a line |
| 3956 | by its own, without other commands. |
| 3957 | |
| 3958 | *:delf* *:delfunction* *E130* *E131* |
| 3959 | :delf[unction] {name} Delete function {name}. |
| 3960 | |
| 3961 | *:retu* *:return* *E133* |
| 3962 | :retu[rn] [expr] Return from a function. When "[expr]" is given, it is |
| 3963 | evaluated and returned as the result of the function. |
| 3964 | If "[expr]" is not given, the number 0 is returned. |
| 3965 | When a function ends without an explicit ":return", |
| 3966 | the number 0 is returned. |
| 3967 | Note that there is no check for unreachable lines, |
| 3968 | thus there is no warning if commands follow ":return". |
| 3969 | |
| 3970 | If the ":return" is used after a |:try| but before the |
| 3971 | matching |:finally| (if present), the commands |
| 3972 | following the ":finally" up to the matching |:endtry| |
| 3973 | are executed first. This process applies to all |
| 3974 | nested ":try"s inside the function. The function |
| 3975 | returns at the outermost ":endtry". |
| 3976 | |
| 3977 | |
| 3978 | Inside a function variables can be used. These are local variables, which |
| 3979 | will disappear when the function returns. Global variables need to be |
| 3980 | accessed with "g:". |
| 3981 | |
| 3982 | Example: > |
| 3983 | :function Table(title, ...) |
| 3984 | : echohl Title |
| 3985 | : echo a:title |
| 3986 | : echohl None |
| 3987 | : let idx = 1 |
| 3988 | : while idx <= a:0 |
| 3989 | : echo a:{idx} . ' ' |
| 3990 | : let idx = idx + 1 |
| 3991 | : endwhile |
| 3992 | : return idx |
| 3993 | :endfunction |
| 3994 | |
| 3995 | This function can then be called with: > |
| 3996 | let lines = Table("Table", "line1", "line2") |
| 3997 | let lines = Table("Empty Table") |
| 3998 | |
| 3999 | To return more than one value, pass the name of a global variable: > |
| 4000 | :function Compute(n1, n2, divname) |
| 4001 | : if a:n2 == 0 |
| 4002 | : return "fail" |
| 4003 | : endif |
| 4004 | : let g:{a:divname} = a:n1 / a:n2 |
| 4005 | : return "ok" |
| 4006 | :endfunction |
| 4007 | |
| 4008 | This function can then be called with: > |
| 4009 | :let success = Compute(13, 1324, "div") |
| 4010 | :if success == "ok" |
| 4011 | : echo div |
| 4012 | :endif |
| 4013 | |
| 4014 | An alternative is to return a command that can be executed. This also works |
| 4015 | with local variables in a calling function. Example: > |
| 4016 | :function Foo() |
| 4017 | : execute Bar() |
| 4018 | : echo "line " . lnum . " column " . col |
| 4019 | :endfunction |
| 4020 | |
| 4021 | :function Bar() |
| 4022 | : return "let lnum = " . line(".") . " | let col = " . col(".") |
| 4023 | :endfunction |
| 4024 | |
| 4025 | The names "lnum" and "col" could also be passed as argument to Bar(), to allow |
| 4026 | the caller to set the names. |
| 4027 | |
| 4028 | *:cal* *:call* *E107* |
| 4029 | :[range]cal[l] {name}([arguments]) |
| 4030 | Call a function. The name of the function and its arguments |
| 4031 | are as specified with |:function|. Up to 20 arguments can be |
| 4032 | used. |
| 4033 | Without a range and for functions that accept a range, the |
| 4034 | function is called once. When a range is given the cursor is |
| 4035 | positioned at the start of the first line before executing the |
| 4036 | function. |
| 4037 | When a range is given and the function doesn't handle it |
| 4038 | itself, the function is executed for each line in the range, |
| 4039 | with the cursor in the first column of that line. The cursor |
| 4040 | is left at the last line (possibly moved by the last function |
| 4041 | call). The arguments are re-evaluated for each line. Thus |
| 4042 | this works: |
| 4043 | *function-range-example* > |
| 4044 | :function Mynumber(arg) |
| 4045 | : echo line(".") . " " . a:arg |
| 4046 | :endfunction |
| 4047 | :1,5call Mynumber(getline(".")) |
| 4048 | < |
| 4049 | The "a:firstline" and "a:lastline" are defined anyway, they |
| 4050 | can be used to do something different at the start or end of |
| 4051 | the range. |
| 4052 | |
| 4053 | Example of a function that handles the range itself: > |
| 4054 | |
| 4055 | :function Cont() range |
| 4056 | : execute (a:firstline + 1) . "," . a:lastline . 's/^/\t\\ ' |
| 4057 | :endfunction |
| 4058 | :4,8call Cont() |
| 4059 | < |
| 4060 | This function inserts the continuation character "\" in front |
| 4061 | of all the lines in the range, except the first one. |
| 4062 | |
| 4063 | *E132* |
| 4064 | The recursiveness of user functions is restricted with the |'maxfuncdepth'| |
| 4065 | option. |
| 4066 | |
| 4067 | *autoload-functions* |
| 4068 | When using many or large functions, it's possible to automatically define them |
| 4069 | only when they are used. Use the FuncUndefined autocommand event with a |
| 4070 | pattern that matches the function(s) to be defined. Example: > |
| 4071 | |
| 4072 | :au FuncUndefined BufNet* source ~/vim/bufnetfuncs.vim |
| 4073 | |
| 4074 | The file "~/vim/bufnetfuncs.vim" should then define functions that start with |
| 4075 | "BufNet". Also see |FuncUndefined|. |
| 4076 | |
| 4077 | ============================================================================== |
| 4078 | 6. Curly braces names *curly-braces-names* |
| 4079 | |
| 4080 | Wherever you can use a variable, you can use a "curly braces name" variable. |
| 4081 | This is a regular variable name with one or more expressions wrapped in braces |
| 4082 | {} like this: > |
| 4083 | my_{adjective}_variable |
| 4084 | |
| 4085 | When Vim encounters this, it evaluates the expression inside the braces, puts |
| 4086 | that in place of the expression, and re-interprets the whole as a variable |
| 4087 | name. So in the above example, if the variable "adjective" was set to |
| 4088 | "noisy", then the reference would be to "my_noisy_variable", whereas if |
| 4089 | "adjective" was set to "quiet", then it would be to "my_quiet_variable". |
| 4090 | |
| 4091 | One application for this is to create a set of variables governed by an option |
| 4092 | value. For example, the statement > |
| 4093 | echo my_{&background}_message |
| 4094 | |
| 4095 | would output the contents of "my_dark_message" or "my_light_message" depending |
| 4096 | on the current value of 'background'. |
| 4097 | |
| 4098 | You can use multiple brace pairs: > |
| 4099 | echo my_{adverb}_{adjective}_message |
| 4100 | ..or even nest them: > |
| 4101 | echo my_{ad{end_of_word}}_message |
| 4102 | where "end_of_word" is either "verb" or "jective". |
| 4103 | |
| 4104 | However, the expression inside the braces must evaluate to a valid single |
| 4105 | variable name. e.g. this is invalid: > |
| 4106 | :let foo='a + b' |
| 4107 | :echo c{foo}d |
| 4108 | .. since the result of expansion is "ca + bd", which is not a variable name. |
| 4109 | |
| 4110 | *curly-braces-function-names* |
| 4111 | You can call and define functions by an evaluated name in a similar way. |
| 4112 | Example: > |
| 4113 | :let func_end='whizz' |
| 4114 | :call my_func_{func_end}(parameter) |
| 4115 | |
| 4116 | This would call the function "my_func_whizz(parameter)". |
| 4117 | |
| 4118 | ============================================================================== |
| 4119 | 7. Commands *expression-commands* |
| 4120 | |
| 4121 | :let {var-name} = {expr1} *:let* *E18* |
| 4122 | Set internal variable {var-name} to the result of the |
| 4123 | expression {expr1}. The variable will get the type |
| 4124 | from the {expr}. If {var-name} didn't exist yet, it |
| 4125 | is created. |
| 4126 | |
Bram Moolenaar | 13065c4 | 2005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4127 | :let {var-name}[{idx}] = {expr1} *E689* |
| 4128 | Set a list item to the result of the expression |
| 4129 | {expr1}. {var-name} must refer to a list and {idx} |
| 4130 | must be a valid index in that list. For nested list |
| 4131 | the index can be repeated. |
| 4132 | This cannot be used to add an item to a list. |
| 4133 | |
Bram Moolenaar | 9588a0f | 2005-01-08 21:45:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4134 | :let {var-name}[{idx1}:{idx2}] = {expr1} *E708* *E709* *E710* *E711* |
| 4135 | Set a sequence of items in a List to the result of the |
| 4136 | expression {expr1}, which must be a list with the |
| 4137 | correct number of items. |
| 4138 | {idx1} can be omitted, zero is used instead. |
| 4139 | {idx2} can be omitted, meaning the end of the list. |
| 4140 | When the selected range of items is partly past the |
| 4141 | end of the list, items will be added. |
| 4142 | |
Bram Moolenaar | 071d427 | 2004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4143 | :let ${env-name} = {expr1} *:let-environment* *:let-$* |
| 4144 | Set environment variable {env-name} to the result of |
| 4145 | the expression {expr1}. The type is always String. |
| 4146 | |
| 4147 | :let @{reg-name} = {expr1} *:let-register* *:let-@* |
| 4148 | Write the result of the expression {expr1} in register |
| 4149 | {reg-name}. {reg-name} must be a single letter, and |
| 4150 | must be the name of a writable register (see |
| 4151 | |registers|). "@@" can be used for the unnamed |
| 4152 | register, "@/" for the search pattern. |
| 4153 | If the result of {expr1} ends in a <CR> or <NL>, the |
| 4154 | register will be linewise, otherwise it will be set to |
| 4155 | characterwise. |
| 4156 | This can be used to clear the last search pattern: > |
| 4157 | :let @/ = "" |
| 4158 | < This is different from searching for an empty string, |
| 4159 | that would match everywhere. |
| 4160 | |
| 4161 | :let &{option-name} = {expr1} *:let-option* *:let-star* |
| 4162 | Set option {option-name} to the result of the |
Bram Moolenaar | fca34d6 | 2005-01-04 21:38:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4163 | expression {expr1}. A String or Number value is |
| 4164 | always converted to the type of the option. |
Bram Moolenaar | 071d427 | 2004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4165 | For an option local to a window or buffer the effect |
| 4166 | is just like using the |:set| command: both the local |
| 4167 | value and the global value is changed. |
Bram Moolenaar | fca34d6 | 2005-01-04 21:38:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4168 | Example: > |
| 4169 | :let &path = &path . ',/usr/local/include' |
Bram Moolenaar | 071d427 | 2004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4170 | |
| 4171 | :let &l:{option-name} = {expr1} |
| 4172 | Like above, but only set the local value of an option |
| 4173 | (if there is one). Works like |:setlocal|. |
| 4174 | |
| 4175 | :let &g:{option-name} = {expr1} |
| 4176 | Like above, but only set the global value of an option |
| 4177 | (if there is one). Works like |:setglobal|. |
| 4178 | |
Bram Moolenaar | 13065c4 | 2005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4179 | :let [{name1}, {name2}, ...] = {expr1} *:let-unpack* *E687* *E688* |
Bram Moolenaar | fca34d6 | 2005-01-04 21:38:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4180 | {expr1} must evaluate to a List. The first item in |
| 4181 | the list is assigned to {name1}, the second item to |
| 4182 | {name2}, etc. |
| 4183 | The number of names must match the number of items in |
| 4184 | the List. |
| 4185 | Each name can be one of the items of the ":let" |
| 4186 | command as mentioned above. |
| 4187 | Example: > |
| 4188 | :let [s, item] = GetItem(s) |
| 4189 | |
| 4190 | :let [{name}, ..., ; {lastname}] = {expr1} |
| 4191 | Like above, but the List may have more items than |
| 4192 | there are names. A list of the remaining items is |
| 4193 | assigned to {lastname}. If there are no remaining |
| 4194 | items {lastname} is set to an empty list. |
| 4195 | Example: > |
| 4196 | :let [a, b; rest] = ["aval", "bval", 3, 4] |
| 4197 | < |
Bram Moolenaar | 071d427 | 2004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4198 | *E106* |
| 4199 | :let {var-name} .. List the value of variable {var-name}. Several |
| 4200 | variable names may be given. |
| 4201 | |
Bram Moolenaar | d7ee7ce | 2005-01-03 21:02:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4202 | :let List the values of all variables. The type of the |
| 4203 | variable is indicated before the value: |
| 4204 | <nothing> String |
| 4205 | # Number |
| 4206 | * Funcref |
Bram Moolenaar | 071d427 | 2004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4207 | |
| 4208 | *:unlet* *:unl* *E108* |
| 4209 | :unl[et][!] {var-name} ... |
| 4210 | Remove the internal variable {var-name}. Several |
| 4211 | variable names can be given, they are all removed. |
| 4212 | With [!] no error message is given for non-existing |
| 4213 | variables. |
| 4214 | |
| 4215 | :if {expr1} *:if* *:endif* *:en* *E171* *E579* *E580* |
| 4216 | :en[dif] Execute the commands until the next matching ":else" |
| 4217 | or ":endif" if {expr1} evaluates to non-zero. |
| 4218 | |
| 4219 | From Vim version 4.5 until 5.0, every Ex command in |
| 4220 | between the ":if" and ":endif" is ignored. These two |
| 4221 | commands were just to allow for future expansions in a |
| 4222 | backwards compatible way. Nesting was allowed. Note |
| 4223 | that any ":else" or ":elseif" was ignored, the "else" |
| 4224 | part was not executed either. |
| 4225 | |
| 4226 | You can use this to remain compatible with older |
| 4227 | versions: > |
| 4228 | :if version >= 500 |
| 4229 | : version-5-specific-commands |
| 4230 | :endif |
| 4231 | < The commands still need to be parsed to find the |
| 4232 | "endif". Sometimes an older Vim has a problem with a |
| 4233 | new command. For example, ":silent" is recognized as |
| 4234 | a ":substitute" command. In that case ":execute" can |
| 4235 | avoid problems: > |
| 4236 | :if version >= 600 |
| 4237 | : execute "silent 1,$delete" |
| 4238 | :endif |
| 4239 | < |
| 4240 | NOTE: The ":append" and ":insert" commands don't work |
| 4241 | properly in between ":if" and ":endif". |
| 4242 | |
| 4243 | *:else* *:el* *E581* *E583* |
| 4244 | :el[se] Execute the commands until the next matching ":else" |
| 4245 | or ":endif" if they previously were not being |
| 4246 | executed. |
| 4247 | |
| 4248 | *:elseif* *:elsei* *E582* *E584* |
| 4249 | :elsei[f] {expr1} Short for ":else" ":if", with the addition that there |
| 4250 | is no extra ":endif". |
| 4251 | |
| 4252 | :wh[ile] {expr1} *:while* *:endwhile* *:wh* *:endw* |
| 4253 | *E170* *E585* *E588* |
| 4254 | :endw[hile] Repeat the commands between ":while" and ":endwhile", |
| 4255 | as long as {expr1} evaluates to non-zero. |
| 4256 | When an error is detected from a command inside the |
| 4257 | loop, execution continues after the "endwhile". |
Bram Moolenaar | 1280586 | 2005-01-05 22:16:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4258 | Example: > |
| 4259 | :let lnum = 1 |
| 4260 | :while lnum <= line("$") |
| 4261 | :call FixLine(lnum) |
| 4262 | :let lnum = lnum + 1 |
| 4263 | :endwhile |
| 4264 | < |
Bram Moolenaar | 071d427 | 2004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4265 | NOTE: The ":append" and ":insert" commands don't work |
Bram Moolenaar | d8b0273 | 2005-01-14 21:48:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4266 | properly inside a ":while" and ":for" loop. |
Bram Moolenaar | 071d427 | 2004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4267 | |
Bram Moolenaar | 13065c4 | 2005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4268 | :for {var} in {list} *:for* *E690* |
Bram Moolenaar | 1280586 | 2005-01-05 22:16:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4269 | :endfo[r] *:endfo* *:endfor* |
| 4270 | Repeat the commands between ":for" and ":endfor" for |
Bram Moolenaar | de8866b | 2005-01-06 23:24:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4271 | each item in {list}. variable {var} is set to the |
| 4272 | value of each item. |
| 4273 | When an error is detected for a command inside the |
Bram Moolenaar | 1280586 | 2005-01-05 22:16:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4274 | loop, execution continues after the "endfor". |
Bram Moolenaar | de8866b | 2005-01-06 23:24:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4275 | Changing {list} affects what items are used. Make a |
| 4276 | copy if this is unwanted: > |
| 4277 | :for item in copy(mylist) |
| 4278 | < When not making a copy, Vim stores a reference to the |
| 4279 | next item in the list, before executing the commands |
| 4280 | with the current item. Thus the current item can be |
| 4281 | removed without effect. Removing any later item means |
| 4282 | it will not be found. Thus the following example |
| 4283 | works (an inefficient way to make a list empty): > |
| 4284 | :for item in mylist |
Bram Moolenaar | 1280586 | 2005-01-05 22:16:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4285 | :call remove(mylist, 0) |
| 4286 | :endfor |
Bram Moolenaar | 9588a0f | 2005-01-08 21:45:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4287 | < Note that reordering the list (e.g., with sort() or |
| 4288 | reverse()) may have unexpected effects. |
| 4289 | Note that the type of each list item should be |
Bram Moolenaar | 1280586 | 2005-01-05 22:16:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4290 | identical to avoid errors for the type of {var} |
| 4291 | changing. Unlet the variable at the end of the loop |
| 4292 | to allow multiple item types. |
| 4293 | |
| 4294 | :for {var} in {string} |
| 4295 | :endfo[r] Like ":for" above, but use each character in {string} |
| 4296 | as a list item. |
| 4297 | Composing characters are used as separate characters. |
| 4298 | A Number is first converted to a String. |
| 4299 | |
| 4300 | :for [{var1}, {var2}, ...] in {listlist} |
| 4301 | :endfo[r] |
| 4302 | Like ":for" above, but each item in {listlist} must be |
| 4303 | a list, of which each item is assigned to {var1}, |
| 4304 | {var2}, etc. Example: > |
| 4305 | :for [lnum, col] in [[1, 3], [2, 5], [3, 8]] |
| 4306 | :echo getline(lnum)[col] |
| 4307 | :endfor |
| 4308 | < |
Bram Moolenaar | 071d427 | 2004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4309 | *:continue* *:con* *E586* |
Bram Moolenaar | 1280586 | 2005-01-05 22:16:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4310 | :con[tinue] When used inside a ":while" or ":for" loop, jumps back |
| 4311 | to the start of the loop. |
| 4312 | If it is used after a |:try| inside the loop but |
| 4313 | before the matching |:finally| (if present), the |
| 4314 | commands following the ":finally" up to the matching |
| 4315 | |:endtry| are executed first. This process applies to |
| 4316 | all nested ":try"s inside the loop. The outermost |
| 4317 | ":endtry" then jumps back to the start of the loop. |
Bram Moolenaar | 071d427 | 2004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4318 | |
| 4319 | *:break* *:brea* *E587* |
Bram Moolenaar | 1280586 | 2005-01-05 22:16:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4320 | :brea[k] When used inside a ":while" or ":for" loop, skips to |
| 4321 | the command after the matching ":endwhile" or |
| 4322 | ":endfor". |
| 4323 | If it is used after a |:try| inside the loop but |
| 4324 | before the matching |:finally| (if present), the |
| 4325 | commands following the ":finally" up to the matching |
| 4326 | |:endtry| are executed first. This process applies to |
| 4327 | all nested ":try"s inside the loop. The outermost |
| 4328 | ":endtry" then jumps to the command after the loop. |
Bram Moolenaar | 071d427 | 2004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4329 | |
| 4330 | :try *:try* *:endt* *:endtry* *E600* *E601* *E602* |
| 4331 | :endt[ry] Change the error handling for the commands between |
| 4332 | ":try" and ":endtry" including everything being |
| 4333 | executed across ":source" commands, function calls, |
| 4334 | or autocommand invocations. |
| 4335 | |
| 4336 | When an error or interrupt is detected and there is |
| 4337 | a |:finally| command following, execution continues |
| 4338 | after the ":finally". Otherwise, or when the |
| 4339 | ":endtry" is reached thereafter, the next |
| 4340 | (dynamically) surrounding ":try" is checked for |
| 4341 | a corresponding ":finally" etc. Then the script |
| 4342 | processing is terminated. (Whether a function |
| 4343 | definition has an "abort" argument does not matter.) |
| 4344 | Example: > |
| 4345 | :try | edit too much | finally | echo "cleanup" | endtry |
| 4346 | :echo "impossible" " not reached, script terminated above |
| 4347 | < |
| 4348 | Moreover, an error or interrupt (dynamically) inside |
| 4349 | ":try" and ":endtry" is converted to an exception. It |
| 4350 | can be caught as if it were thrown by a |:throw| |
| 4351 | command (see |:catch|). In this case, the script |
| 4352 | processing is not terminated. |
| 4353 | |
| 4354 | The value "Vim:Interrupt" is used for an interrupt |
| 4355 | exception. An error in a Vim command is converted |
| 4356 | to a value of the form "Vim({command}):{errmsg}", |
| 4357 | other errors are converted to a value of the form |
| 4358 | "Vim:{errmsg}". {command} is the full command name, |
| 4359 | and {errmsg} is the message that is displayed if the |
| 4360 | error exception is not caught, always beginning with |
| 4361 | the error number. |
| 4362 | Examples: > |
| 4363 | :try | sleep 100 | catch /^Vim:Interrupt$/ | endtry |
| 4364 | :try | edit | catch /^Vim(edit):E\d\+/ | echo "error" | endtry |
| 4365 | < |
| 4366 | *:cat* *:catch* *E603* *E604* *E605* |
| 4367 | :cat[ch] /{pattern}/ The following commands until the next ":catch", |
| 4368 | |:finally|, or |:endtry| that belongs to the same |
| 4369 | |:try| as the ":catch" are executed when an exception |
| 4370 | matching {pattern} is being thrown and has not yet |
| 4371 | been caught by a previous ":catch". Otherwise, these |
| 4372 | commands are skipped. |
| 4373 | When {pattern} is omitted all errors are caught. |
| 4374 | Examples: > |
| 4375 | :catch /^Vim:Interrupt$/ " catch interrupts (CTRL-C) |
| 4376 | :catch /^Vim\%((\a\+)\)\=:E/ " catch all Vim errors |
| 4377 | :catch /^Vim\%((\a\+)\)\=:/ " catch errors and interrupts |
| 4378 | :catch /^Vim(write):/ " catch all errors in :write |
| 4379 | :catch /^Vim\%((\a\+)\)\=:E123/ " catch error E123 |
| 4380 | :catch /my-exception/ " catch user exception |
| 4381 | :catch /.*/ " catch everything |
| 4382 | :catch " same as /.*/ |
| 4383 | < |
| 4384 | Another character can be used instead of / around the |
| 4385 | {pattern}, so long as it does not have a special |
| 4386 | meaning (e.g., '|' or '"') and doesn't occur inside |
| 4387 | {pattern}. |
| 4388 | NOTE: It is not reliable to ":catch" the TEXT of |
| 4389 | an error message because it may vary in different |
| 4390 | locales. |
| 4391 | |
| 4392 | *:fina* *:finally* *E606* *E607* |
| 4393 | :fina[lly] The following commands until the matching |:endtry| |
| 4394 | are executed whenever the part between the matching |
| 4395 | |:try| and the ":finally" is left: either by falling |
| 4396 | through to the ":finally" or by a |:continue|, |
| 4397 | |:break|, |:finish|, or |:return|, or by an error or |
| 4398 | interrupt or exception (see |:throw|). |
| 4399 | |
| 4400 | *:th* *:throw* *E608* |
| 4401 | :th[row] {expr1} The {expr1} is evaluated and thrown as an exception. |
| 4402 | If the ":throw" is used after a |:try| but before the |
| 4403 | first corresponding |:catch|, commands are skipped |
| 4404 | until the first ":catch" matching {expr1} is reached. |
| 4405 | If there is no such ":catch" or if the ":throw" is |
| 4406 | used after a ":catch" but before the |:finally|, the |
| 4407 | commands following the ":finally" (if present) up to |
| 4408 | the matching |:endtry| are executed. If the ":throw" |
| 4409 | is after the ":finally", commands up to the ":endtry" |
| 4410 | are skipped. At the ":endtry", this process applies |
| 4411 | again for the next dynamically surrounding ":try" |
| 4412 | (which may be found in a calling function or sourcing |
| 4413 | script), until a matching ":catch" has been found. |
| 4414 | If the exception is not caught, the command processing |
| 4415 | is terminated. |
| 4416 | Example: > |
| 4417 | :try | throw "oops" | catch /^oo/ | echo "caught" | endtry |
| 4418 | < |
| 4419 | |
| 4420 | *:ec* *:echo* |
| 4421 | :ec[ho] {expr1} .. Echoes each {expr1}, with a space in between. The |
| 4422 | first {expr1} starts on a new line. |
| 4423 | Also see |:comment|. |
| 4424 | Use "\n" to start a new line. Use "\r" to move the |
| 4425 | cursor to the first column. |
| 4426 | Uses the highlighting set by the |:echohl| command. |
| 4427 | Cannot be followed by a comment. |
| 4428 | Example: > |
| 4429 | :echo "the value of 'shell' is" &shell |
| 4430 | < A later redraw may make the message disappear again. |
| 4431 | To avoid that a command from before the ":echo" causes |
| 4432 | a redraw afterwards (redraws are often postponed until |
| 4433 | you type something), force a redraw with the |:redraw| |
| 4434 | command. Example: > |
| 4435 | :new | redraw | echo "there is a new window" |
| 4436 | < |
| 4437 | *:echon* |
| 4438 | :echon {expr1} .. Echoes each {expr1}, without anything added. Also see |
| 4439 | |:comment|. |
| 4440 | Uses the highlighting set by the |:echohl| command. |
| 4441 | Cannot be followed by a comment. |
| 4442 | Example: > |
| 4443 | :echon "the value of 'shell' is " &shell |
| 4444 | < |
| 4445 | Note the difference between using ":echo", which is a |
| 4446 | Vim command, and ":!echo", which is an external shell |
| 4447 | command: > |
| 4448 | :!echo % --> filename |
| 4449 | < The arguments of ":!" are expanded, see |:_%|. > |
| 4450 | :!echo "%" --> filename or "filename" |
| 4451 | < Like the previous example. Whether you see the double |
| 4452 | quotes or not depends on your 'shell'. > |
| 4453 | :echo % --> nothing |
| 4454 | < The '%' is an illegal character in an expression. > |
| 4455 | :echo "%" --> % |
| 4456 | < This just echoes the '%' character. > |
| 4457 | :echo expand("%") --> filename |
| 4458 | < This calls the expand() function to expand the '%'. |
| 4459 | |
| 4460 | *:echoh* *:echohl* |
| 4461 | :echoh[l] {name} Use the highlight group {name} for the following |
| 4462 | |:echo|, |:echon| and |:echomsg| commands. Also used |
| 4463 | for the |input()| prompt. Example: > |
| 4464 | :echohl WarningMsg | echo "Don't panic!" | echohl None |
| 4465 | < Don't forget to set the group back to "None", |
| 4466 | otherwise all following echo's will be highlighted. |
| 4467 | |
| 4468 | *:echom* *:echomsg* |
| 4469 | :echom[sg] {expr1} .. Echo the expression(s) as a true message, saving the |
| 4470 | message in the |message-history|. |
| 4471 | Spaces are placed between the arguments as with the |
| 4472 | |:echo| command. But unprintable characters are |
| 4473 | displayed, not interpreted. |
| 4474 | Uses the highlighting set by the |:echohl| command. |
| 4475 | Example: > |
| 4476 | :echomsg "It's a Zizzer Zazzer Zuzz, as you can plainly see." |
| 4477 | < |
| 4478 | *:echoe* *:echoerr* |
| 4479 | :echoe[rr] {expr1} .. Echo the expression(s) as an error message, saving the |
| 4480 | message in the |message-history|. When used in a |
| 4481 | script or function the line number will be added. |
| 4482 | Spaces are placed between the arguments as with the |
| 4483 | :echo command. When used inside a try conditional, |
| 4484 | the message is raised as an error exception instead |
| 4485 | (see |try-echoerr|). |
| 4486 | Example: > |
| 4487 | :echoerr "This script just failed!" |
| 4488 | < If you just want a highlighted message use |:echohl|. |
| 4489 | And to get a beep: > |
| 4490 | :exe "normal \<Esc>" |
| 4491 | < |
| 4492 | *:exe* *:execute* |
| 4493 | :exe[cute] {expr1} .. Executes the string that results from the evaluation |
| 4494 | of {expr1} as an Ex command. Multiple arguments are |
| 4495 | concatenated, with a space in between. {expr1} is |
| 4496 | used as the processed command, command line editing |
| 4497 | keys are not recognized. |
| 4498 | Cannot be followed by a comment. |
| 4499 | Examples: > |
| 4500 | :execute "buffer " nextbuf |
| 4501 | :execute "normal " count . "w" |
| 4502 | < |
| 4503 | ":execute" can be used to append a command to commands |
| 4504 | that don't accept a '|'. Example: > |
| 4505 | :execute '!ls' | echo "theend" |
| 4506 | |
| 4507 | < ":execute" is also a nice way to avoid having to type |
| 4508 | control characters in a Vim script for a ":normal" |
| 4509 | command: > |
| 4510 | :execute "normal ixxx\<Esc>" |
| 4511 | < This has an <Esc> character, see |expr-string|. |
| 4512 | |
| 4513 | Note: The executed string may be any command-line, but |
Bram Moolenaar | d8b0273 | 2005-01-14 21:48:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4514 | you cannot start or end a "while", "for" or "if" |
| 4515 | command. Thus this is illegal: > |
Bram Moolenaar | 071d427 | 2004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4516 | :execute 'while i > 5' |
| 4517 | :execute 'echo "test" | break' |
| 4518 | < |
| 4519 | It is allowed to have a "while" or "if" command |
| 4520 | completely in the executed string: > |
| 4521 | :execute 'while i < 5 | echo i | let i = i + 1 | endwhile' |
| 4522 | < |
| 4523 | |
| 4524 | *:comment* |
| 4525 | ":execute", ":echo" and ":echon" cannot be followed by |
| 4526 | a comment directly, because they see the '"' as the |
| 4527 | start of a string. But, you can use '|' followed by a |
| 4528 | comment. Example: > |
| 4529 | :echo "foo" | "this is a comment |
| 4530 | |
| 4531 | ============================================================================== |
| 4532 | 8. Exception handling *exception-handling* |
| 4533 | |
| 4534 | The Vim script language comprises an exception handling feature. This section |
| 4535 | explains how it can be used in a Vim script. |
| 4536 | |
| 4537 | Exceptions may be raised by Vim on an error or on interrupt, see |
| 4538 | |catch-errors| and |catch-interrupt|. You can also explicitly throw an |
| 4539 | exception by using the ":throw" command, see |throw-catch|. |
| 4540 | |
| 4541 | |
| 4542 | TRY CONDITIONALS *try-conditionals* |
| 4543 | |
| 4544 | Exceptions can be caught or can cause cleanup code to be executed. You can |
| 4545 | use a try conditional to specify catch clauses (that catch exceptions) and/or |
| 4546 | a finally clause (to be executed for cleanup). |
| 4547 | A try conditional begins with a |:try| command and ends at the matching |
| 4548 | |:endtry| command. In between, you can use a |:catch| command to start |
| 4549 | a catch clause, or a |:finally| command to start a finally clause. There may |
| 4550 | be none or multiple catch clauses, but there is at most one finally clause, |
| 4551 | which must not be followed by any catch clauses. The lines before the catch |
| 4552 | clauses and the finally clause is called a try block. > |
| 4553 | |
| 4554 | :try |
| 4555 | : ... |
| 4556 | : ... TRY BLOCK |
| 4557 | : ... |
| 4558 | :catch /{pattern}/ |
| 4559 | : ... |
| 4560 | : ... CATCH CLAUSE |
| 4561 | : ... |
| 4562 | :catch /{pattern}/ |
| 4563 | : ... |
| 4564 | : ... CATCH CLAUSE |
| 4565 | : ... |
| 4566 | :finally |
| 4567 | : ... |
| 4568 | : ... FINALLY CLAUSE |
| 4569 | : ... |
| 4570 | :endtry |
| 4571 | |
| 4572 | The try conditional allows to watch code for exceptions and to take the |
| 4573 | appropriate actions. Exceptions from the try block may be caught. Exceptions |
| 4574 | from the try block and also the catch clauses may cause cleanup actions. |
| 4575 | When no exception is thrown during execution of the try block, the control |
| 4576 | is transferred to the finally clause, if present. After its execution, the |
| 4577 | script continues with the line following the ":endtry". |
| 4578 | When an exception occurs during execution of the try block, the remaining |
| 4579 | lines in the try block are skipped. The exception is matched against the |
| 4580 | patterns specified as arguments to the ":catch" commands. The catch clause |
| 4581 | after the first matching ":catch" is taken, other catch clauses are not |
| 4582 | executed. The catch clause ends when the next ":catch", ":finally", or |
| 4583 | ":endtry" command is reached - whatever is first. Then, the finally clause |
| 4584 | (if present) is executed. When the ":endtry" is reached, the script execution |
| 4585 | continues in the following line as usual. |
| 4586 | When an exception that does not match any of the patterns specified by the |
| 4587 | ":catch" commands is thrown in the try block, the exception is not caught by |
| 4588 | that try conditional and none of the catch clauses is executed. Only the |
| 4589 | finally clause, if present, is taken. The exception pends during execution of |
| 4590 | the finally clause. It is resumed at the ":endtry", so that commands after |
| 4591 | the ":endtry" are not executed and the exception might be caught elsewhere, |
| 4592 | see |try-nesting|. |
| 4593 | When during execution of a catch clause another exception is thrown, the |
| 4594 | remaining lines in that catch clause are not executed. The new exception is |
| 4595 | not matched against the patterns in any of the ":catch" commands of the same |
| 4596 | try conditional and none of its catch clauses is taken. If there is, however, |
| 4597 | a finally clause, it is executed, and the exception pends during its |
| 4598 | execution. The commands following the ":endtry" are not executed. The new |
| 4599 | exception might, however, be caught elsewhere, see |try-nesting|. |
| 4600 | When during execution of the finally clause (if present) an exception is |
| 4601 | thrown, the remaining lines in the finally clause are skipped. If the finally |
| 4602 | clause has been taken because of an exception from the try block or one of the |
| 4603 | catch clauses, the original (pending) exception is discarded. The commands |
| 4604 | following the ":endtry" are not executed, and the exception from the finally |
| 4605 | clause is propagated and can be caught elsewhere, see |try-nesting|. |
| 4606 | |
| 4607 | The finally clause is also executed, when a ":break" or ":continue" for |
| 4608 | a ":while" loop enclosing the complete try conditional is executed from the |
| 4609 | try block or a catch clause. Or when a ":return" or ":finish" is executed |
| 4610 | from the try block or a catch clause of a try conditional in a function or |
| 4611 | sourced script, respectively. The ":break", ":continue", ":return", or |
| 4612 | ":finish" pends during execution of the finally clause and is resumed when the |
| 4613 | ":endtry" is reached. It is, however, discarded when an exception is thrown |
| 4614 | from the finally clause. |
| 4615 | When a ":break" or ":continue" for a ":while" loop enclosing the complete |
| 4616 | try conditional or when a ":return" or ":finish" is encountered in the finally |
| 4617 | clause, the rest of the finally clause is skipped, and the ":break", |
| 4618 | ":continue", ":return" or ":finish" is executed as usual. If the finally |
| 4619 | clause has been taken because of an exception or an earlier ":break", |
| 4620 | ":continue", ":return", or ":finish" from the try block or a catch clause, |
| 4621 | this pending exception or command is discarded. |
| 4622 | |
| 4623 | For examples see |throw-catch| and |try-finally|. |
| 4624 | |
| 4625 | |
| 4626 | NESTING OF TRY CONDITIONALS *try-nesting* |
| 4627 | |
| 4628 | Try conditionals can be nested arbitrarily. That is, a complete try |
| 4629 | conditional can be put into the try block, a catch clause, or the finally |
| 4630 | clause of another try conditional. If the inner try conditional does not |
| 4631 | catch an exception thrown in its try block or throws a new exception from one |
| 4632 | of its catch clauses or its finally clause, the outer try conditional is |
| 4633 | checked according to the rules above. If the inner try conditional is in the |
| 4634 | try block of the outer try conditional, its catch clauses are checked, but |
| 4635 | otherwise only the finally clause is executed. It does not matter for |
| 4636 | nesting, whether the inner try conditional is directly contained in the outer |
| 4637 | one, or whether the outer one sources a script or calls a function containing |
| 4638 | the inner try conditional. |
| 4639 | |
| 4640 | When none of the active try conditionals catches an exception, just their |
| 4641 | finally clauses are executed. Thereafter, the script processing terminates. |
| 4642 | An error message is displayed in case of an uncaught exception explicitly |
| 4643 | thrown by a ":throw" command. For uncaught error and interrupt exceptions |
| 4644 | implicitly raised by Vim, the error message(s) or interrupt message are shown |
| 4645 | as usual. |
| 4646 | |
| 4647 | For examples see |throw-catch|. |
| 4648 | |
| 4649 | |
| 4650 | EXAMINING EXCEPTION HANDLING CODE *except-examine* |
| 4651 | |
| 4652 | Exception handling code can get tricky. If you are in doubt what happens, set |
| 4653 | 'verbose' to 13 or use the ":13verbose" command modifier when sourcing your |
| 4654 | script file. Then you see when an exception is thrown, discarded, caught, or |
| 4655 | finished. When using a verbosity level of at least 14, things pending in |
| 4656 | a finally clause are also shown. This information is also given in debug mode |
| 4657 | (see |debug-scripts|). |
| 4658 | |
| 4659 | |
| 4660 | THROWING AND CATCHING EXCEPTIONS *throw-catch* |
| 4661 | |
| 4662 | You can throw any number or string as an exception. Use the |:throw| command |
| 4663 | and pass the value to be thrown as argument: > |
| 4664 | :throw 4711 |
| 4665 | :throw "string" |
| 4666 | < *throw-expression* |
| 4667 | You can also specify an expression argument. The expression is then evaluated |
| 4668 | first, and the result is thrown: > |
| 4669 | :throw 4705 + strlen("string") |
| 4670 | :throw strpart("strings", 0, 6) |
| 4671 | |
| 4672 | An exception might be thrown during evaluation of the argument of the ":throw" |
| 4673 | command. Unless it is caught there, the expression evaluation is abandoned. |
| 4674 | The ":throw" command then does not throw a new exception. |
| 4675 | Example: > |
| 4676 | |
| 4677 | :function! Foo(arg) |
| 4678 | : try |
| 4679 | : throw a:arg |
| 4680 | : catch /foo/ |
| 4681 | : endtry |
| 4682 | : return 1 |
| 4683 | :endfunction |
| 4684 | : |
| 4685 | :function! Bar() |
| 4686 | : echo "in Bar" |
| 4687 | : return 4710 |
| 4688 | :endfunction |
| 4689 | : |
| 4690 | :throw Foo("arrgh") + Bar() |
| 4691 | |
| 4692 | This throws "arrgh", and "in Bar" is not displayed since Bar() is not |
| 4693 | executed. > |
| 4694 | :throw Foo("foo") + Bar() |
| 4695 | however displays "in Bar" and throws 4711. |
| 4696 | |
| 4697 | Any other command that takes an expression as argument might also be |
| 4698 | abandoned by an (uncaught) exception during the expression evaluation. The |
| 4699 | exception is then propagated to the caller of the command. |
| 4700 | Example: > |
| 4701 | |
| 4702 | :if Foo("arrgh") |
| 4703 | : echo "then" |
| 4704 | :else |
| 4705 | : echo "else" |
| 4706 | :endif |
| 4707 | |
| 4708 | Here neither of "then" or "else" is displayed. |
| 4709 | |
| 4710 | *catch-order* |
| 4711 | Exceptions can be caught by a try conditional with one or more |:catch| |
| 4712 | commands, see |try-conditionals|. The values to be caught by each ":catch" |
| 4713 | command can be specified as a pattern argument. The subsequent catch clause |
| 4714 | gets executed when a matching exception is caught. |
| 4715 | Example: > |
| 4716 | |
| 4717 | :function! Foo(value) |
| 4718 | : try |
| 4719 | : throw a:value |
| 4720 | : catch /^\d\+$/ |
| 4721 | : echo "Number thrown" |
| 4722 | : catch /.*/ |
| 4723 | : echo "String thrown" |
| 4724 | : endtry |
| 4725 | :endfunction |
| 4726 | : |
| 4727 | :call Foo(0x1267) |
| 4728 | :call Foo('string') |
| 4729 | |
| 4730 | The first call to Foo() displays "Number thrown", the second "String thrown". |
| 4731 | An exception is matched against the ":catch" commands in the order they are |
| 4732 | specified. Only the first match counts. So you should place the more |
| 4733 | specific ":catch" first. The following order does not make sense: > |
| 4734 | |
| 4735 | : catch /.*/ |
| 4736 | : echo "String thrown" |
| 4737 | : catch /^\d\+$/ |
| 4738 | : echo "Number thrown" |
| 4739 | |
| 4740 | The first ":catch" here matches always, so that the second catch clause is |
| 4741 | never taken. |
| 4742 | |
| 4743 | *throw-variables* |
| 4744 | If you catch an exception by a general pattern, you may access the exact value |
| 4745 | in the variable |v:exception|: > |
| 4746 | |
| 4747 | : catch /^\d\+$/ |
| 4748 | : echo "Number thrown. Value is" v:exception |
| 4749 | |
| 4750 | You may also be interested where an exception was thrown. This is stored in |
| 4751 | |v:throwpoint|. Note that "v:exception" and "v:throwpoint" are valid for the |
| 4752 | exception most recently caught as long it is not finished. |
| 4753 | Example: > |
| 4754 | |
| 4755 | :function! Caught() |
| 4756 | : if v:exception != "" |
| 4757 | : echo 'Caught "' . v:exception . '" in ' . v:throwpoint |
| 4758 | : else |
| 4759 | : echo 'Nothing caught' |
| 4760 | : endif |
| 4761 | :endfunction |
| 4762 | : |
| 4763 | :function! Foo() |
| 4764 | : try |
| 4765 | : try |
| 4766 | : try |
| 4767 | : throw 4711 |
| 4768 | : finally |
| 4769 | : call Caught() |
| 4770 | : endtry |
| 4771 | : catch /.*/ |
| 4772 | : call Caught() |
| 4773 | : throw "oops" |
| 4774 | : endtry |
| 4775 | : catch /.*/ |
| 4776 | : call Caught() |
| 4777 | : finally |
| 4778 | : call Caught() |
| 4779 | : endtry |
| 4780 | :endfunction |
| 4781 | : |
| 4782 | :call Foo() |
| 4783 | |
| 4784 | This displays > |
| 4785 | |
| 4786 | Nothing caught |
| 4787 | Caught "4711" in function Foo, line 4 |
| 4788 | Caught "oops" in function Foo, line 10 |
| 4789 | Nothing caught |
| 4790 | |
| 4791 | A practical example: The following command ":LineNumber" displays the line |
| 4792 | number in the script or function where it has been used: > |
| 4793 | |
| 4794 | :function! LineNumber() |
| 4795 | : return substitute(v:throwpoint, '.*\D\(\d\+\).*', '\1', "") |
| 4796 | :endfunction |
| 4797 | :command! LineNumber try | throw "" | catch | echo LineNumber() | endtry |
| 4798 | < |
| 4799 | *try-nested* |
| 4800 | An exception that is not caught by a try conditional can be caught by |
| 4801 | a surrounding try conditional: > |
| 4802 | |
| 4803 | :try |
| 4804 | : try |
| 4805 | : throw "foo" |
| 4806 | : catch /foobar/ |
| 4807 | : echo "foobar" |
| 4808 | : finally |
| 4809 | : echo "inner finally" |
| 4810 | : endtry |
| 4811 | :catch /foo/ |
| 4812 | : echo "foo" |
| 4813 | :endtry |
| 4814 | |
| 4815 | The inner try conditional does not catch the exception, just its finally |
| 4816 | clause is executed. The exception is then caught by the outer try |
| 4817 | conditional. The example displays "inner finally" and then "foo". |
| 4818 | |
| 4819 | *throw-from-catch* |
| 4820 | You can catch an exception and throw a new one to be caught elsewhere from the |
| 4821 | catch clause: > |
| 4822 | |
| 4823 | :function! Foo() |
| 4824 | : throw "foo" |
| 4825 | :endfunction |
| 4826 | : |
| 4827 | :function! Bar() |
| 4828 | : try |
| 4829 | : call Foo() |
| 4830 | : catch /foo/ |
| 4831 | : echo "Caught foo, throw bar" |
| 4832 | : throw "bar" |
| 4833 | : endtry |
| 4834 | :endfunction |
| 4835 | : |
| 4836 | :try |
| 4837 | : call Bar() |
| 4838 | :catch /.*/ |
| 4839 | : echo "Caught" v:exception |
| 4840 | :endtry |
| 4841 | |
| 4842 | This displays "Caught foo, throw bar" and then "Caught bar". |
| 4843 | |
| 4844 | *rethrow* |
| 4845 | There is no real rethrow in the Vim script language, but you may throw |
| 4846 | "v:exception" instead: > |
| 4847 | |
| 4848 | :function! Bar() |
| 4849 | : try |
| 4850 | : call Foo() |
| 4851 | : catch /.*/ |
| 4852 | : echo "Rethrow" v:exception |
| 4853 | : throw v:exception |
| 4854 | : endtry |
| 4855 | :endfunction |
| 4856 | < *try-echoerr* |
| 4857 | Note that this method cannot be used to "rethrow" Vim error or interrupt |
| 4858 | exceptions, because it is not possible to fake Vim internal exceptions. |
| 4859 | Trying so causes an error exception. You should throw your own exception |
| 4860 | denoting the situation. If you want to cause a Vim error exception containing |
| 4861 | the original error exception value, you can use the |:echoerr| command: > |
| 4862 | |
| 4863 | :try |
| 4864 | : try |
| 4865 | : asdf |
| 4866 | : catch /.*/ |
| 4867 | : echoerr v:exception |
| 4868 | : endtry |
| 4869 | :catch /.*/ |
| 4870 | : echo v:exception |
| 4871 | :endtry |
| 4872 | |
| 4873 | This code displays |
| 4874 | |
| 4875 | Vim(echoerr):Vim:E492: Not an editor command: asdf ~ |
| 4876 | |
| 4877 | |
| 4878 | CLEANUP CODE *try-finally* |
| 4879 | |
| 4880 | Scripts often change global settings and restore them at their end. If the |
| 4881 | user however interrupts the script by pressing CTRL-C, the settings remain in |
| 4882 | an inconsistent state. The same may happen to you in the development phase of |
| 4883 | a script when an error occurs or you explicitly throw an exception without |
| 4884 | catching it. You can solve these problems by using a try conditional with |
| 4885 | a finally clause for restoring the settings. Its execution is guaranteed on |
| 4886 | normal control flow, on error, on an explicit ":throw", and on interrupt. |
| 4887 | (Note that errors and interrupts from inside the try conditional are converted |
| 4888 | to exceptions. When not caught, they terminate the script after the finally |
| 4889 | clause has been executed.) |
| 4890 | Example: > |
| 4891 | |
| 4892 | :try |
| 4893 | : let s:saved_ts = &ts |
| 4894 | : set ts=17 |
| 4895 | : |
| 4896 | : " Do the hard work here. |
| 4897 | : |
| 4898 | :finally |
| 4899 | : let &ts = s:saved_ts |
| 4900 | : unlet s:saved_ts |
| 4901 | :endtry |
| 4902 | |
| 4903 | This method should be used locally whenever a function or part of a script |
| 4904 | changes global settings which need to be restored on failure or normal exit of |
| 4905 | that function or script part. |
| 4906 | |
| 4907 | *break-finally* |
| 4908 | Cleanup code works also when the try block or a catch clause is left by |
| 4909 | a ":continue", ":break", ":return", or ":finish". |
| 4910 | Example: > |
| 4911 | |
| 4912 | :let first = 1 |
| 4913 | :while 1 |
| 4914 | : try |
| 4915 | : if first |
| 4916 | : echo "first" |
| 4917 | : let first = 0 |
| 4918 | : continue |
| 4919 | : else |
| 4920 | : throw "second" |
| 4921 | : endif |
| 4922 | : catch /.*/ |
| 4923 | : echo v:exception |
| 4924 | : break |
| 4925 | : finally |
| 4926 | : echo "cleanup" |
| 4927 | : endtry |
| 4928 | : echo "still in while" |
| 4929 | :endwhile |
| 4930 | :echo "end" |
| 4931 | |
| 4932 | This displays "first", "cleanup", "second", "cleanup", and "end". > |
| 4933 | |
| 4934 | :function! Foo() |
| 4935 | : try |
| 4936 | : return 4711 |
| 4937 | : finally |
| 4938 | : echo "cleanup\n" |
| 4939 | : endtry |
| 4940 | : echo "Foo still active" |
| 4941 | :endfunction |
| 4942 | : |
| 4943 | :echo Foo() "returned by Foo" |
| 4944 | |
| 4945 | This displays "cleanup" and "4711 returned by Foo". You don't need to add an |
| 4946 | extra ":return" in the finally clause. (Above all, this would override the |
| 4947 | return value.) |
| 4948 | |
| 4949 | *except-from-finally* |
| 4950 | Using either of ":continue", ":break", ":return", ":finish", or ":throw" in |
| 4951 | a finally clause is possible, but not recommended since it abandons the |
| 4952 | cleanup actions for the try conditional. But, of course, interrupt and error |
| 4953 | exceptions might get raised from a finally clause. |
| 4954 | Example where an error in the finally clause stops an interrupt from |
| 4955 | working correctly: > |
| 4956 | |
| 4957 | :try |
| 4958 | : try |
| 4959 | : echo "Press CTRL-C for interrupt" |
| 4960 | : while 1 |
| 4961 | : endwhile |
| 4962 | : finally |
| 4963 | : unlet novar |
| 4964 | : endtry |
| 4965 | :catch /novar/ |
| 4966 | :endtry |
| 4967 | :echo "Script still running" |
| 4968 | :sleep 1 |
| 4969 | |
| 4970 | If you need to put commands that could fail into a finally clause, you should |
| 4971 | think about catching or ignoring the errors in these commands, see |
| 4972 | |catch-errors| and |ignore-errors|. |
| 4973 | |
| 4974 | |
| 4975 | CATCHING ERRORS *catch-errors* |
| 4976 | |
| 4977 | If you want to catch specific errors, you just have to put the code to be |
| 4978 | watched in a try block and add a catch clause for the error message. The |
| 4979 | presence of the try conditional causes all errors to be converted to an |
| 4980 | exception. No message is displayed and |v:errmsg| is not set then. To find |
| 4981 | the right pattern for the ":catch" command, you have to know how the format of |
| 4982 | the error exception is. |
| 4983 | Error exceptions have the following format: > |
| 4984 | |
| 4985 | Vim({cmdname}):{errmsg} |
| 4986 | or > |
| 4987 | Vim:{errmsg} |
| 4988 | |
| 4989 | {cmdname} is the name of the command that failed; the second form is used when |
| 4990 | the command name is not known. {errmsg} is the error message usually produced |
| 4991 | when the error occurs outside try conditionals. It always begins with |
| 4992 | a capital "E", followed by a two or three-digit error number, a colon, and |
| 4993 | a space. |
| 4994 | |
| 4995 | Examples: |
| 4996 | |
| 4997 | The command > |
| 4998 | :unlet novar |
| 4999 | normally produces the error message > |
| 5000 | E108: No such variable: "novar" |
| 5001 | which is converted inside try conditionals to an exception > |
| 5002 | Vim(unlet):E108: No such variable: "novar" |
| 5003 | |
| 5004 | The command > |
| 5005 | :dwim |
| 5006 | normally produces the error message > |
| 5007 | E492: Not an editor command: dwim |
| 5008 | which is converted inside try conditionals to an exception > |
| 5009 | Vim:E492: Not an editor command: dwim |
| 5010 | |
| 5011 | You can catch all ":unlet" errors by a > |
| 5012 | :catch /^Vim(unlet):/ |
| 5013 | or all errors for misspelled command names by a > |
| 5014 | :catch /^Vim:E492:/ |
| 5015 | |
| 5016 | Some error messages may be produced by different commands: > |
| 5017 | :function nofunc |
| 5018 | and > |
| 5019 | :delfunction nofunc |
| 5020 | both produce the error message > |
| 5021 | E128: Function name must start with a capital: nofunc |
| 5022 | which is converted inside try conditionals to an exception > |
| 5023 | Vim(function):E128: Function name must start with a capital: nofunc |
| 5024 | or > |
| 5025 | Vim(delfunction):E128: Function name must start with a capital: nofunc |
| 5026 | respectively. You can catch the error by its number independently on the |
| 5027 | command that caused it if you use the following pattern: > |
| 5028 | :catch /^Vim(\a\+):E128:/ |
| 5029 | |
| 5030 | Some commands like > |
| 5031 | :let x = novar |
| 5032 | produce multiple error messages, here: > |
| 5033 | E121: Undefined variable: novar |
| 5034 | E15: Invalid expression: novar |
| 5035 | Only the first is used for the exception value, since it is the most specific |
| 5036 | one (see |except-several-errors|). So you can catch it by > |
| 5037 | :catch /^Vim(\a\+):E121:/ |
| 5038 | |
| 5039 | You can catch all errors related to the name "nofunc" by > |
| 5040 | :catch /\<nofunc\>/ |
| 5041 | |
| 5042 | You can catch all Vim errors in the ":write" and ":read" commands by > |
| 5043 | :catch /^Vim(\(write\|read\)):E\d\+:/ |
| 5044 | |
| 5045 | You can catch all Vim errors by the pattern > |
| 5046 | :catch /^Vim\((\a\+)\)\=:E\d\+:/ |
| 5047 | < |
| 5048 | *catch-text* |
| 5049 | NOTE: You should never catch the error message text itself: > |
| 5050 | :catch /No such variable/ |
| 5051 | only works in the english locale, but not when the user has selected |
| 5052 | a different language by the |:language| command. It is however helpful to |
| 5053 | cite the message text in a comment: > |
| 5054 | :catch /^Vim(\a\+):E108:/ " No such variable |
| 5055 | |
| 5056 | |
| 5057 | IGNORING ERRORS *ignore-errors* |
| 5058 | |
| 5059 | You can ignore errors in a specific Vim command by catching them locally: > |
| 5060 | |
| 5061 | :try |
| 5062 | : write |
| 5063 | :catch |
| 5064 | :endtry |
| 5065 | |
| 5066 | But you are strongly recommended NOT to use this simple form, since it could |
| 5067 | catch more than you want. With the ":write" command, some autocommands could |
| 5068 | be executed and cause errors not related to writing, for instance: > |
| 5069 | |
| 5070 | :au BufWritePre * unlet novar |
| 5071 | |
| 5072 | There could even be such errors you are not responsible for as a script |
| 5073 | writer: a user of your script might have defined such autocommands. You would |
| 5074 | then hide the error from the user. |
| 5075 | It is much better to use > |
| 5076 | |
| 5077 | :try |
| 5078 | : write |
| 5079 | :catch /^Vim(write):/ |
| 5080 | :endtry |
| 5081 | |
| 5082 | which only catches real write errors. So catch only what you'd like to ignore |
| 5083 | intentionally. |
| 5084 | |
| 5085 | For a single command that does not cause execution of autocommands, you could |
| 5086 | even suppress the conversion of errors to exceptions by the ":silent!" |
| 5087 | command: > |
| 5088 | :silent! nunmap k |
| 5089 | This works also when a try conditional is active. |
| 5090 | |
| 5091 | |
| 5092 | CATCHING INTERRUPTS *catch-interrupt* |
| 5093 | |
| 5094 | When there are active try conditionals, an interrupt (CTRL-C) is converted to |
| 5095 | the exception "Vim:Interrupt". You can catch it like every exception. The |
| 5096 | script is not terminated, then. |
| 5097 | Example: > |
| 5098 | |
| 5099 | :function! TASK1() |
| 5100 | : sleep 10 |
| 5101 | :endfunction |
| 5102 | |
| 5103 | :function! TASK2() |
| 5104 | : sleep 20 |
| 5105 | :endfunction |
| 5106 | |
| 5107 | :while 1 |
| 5108 | : let command = input("Type a command: ") |
| 5109 | : try |
| 5110 | : if command == "" |
| 5111 | : continue |
| 5112 | : elseif command == "END" |
| 5113 | : break |
| 5114 | : elseif command == "TASK1" |
| 5115 | : call TASK1() |
| 5116 | : elseif command == "TASK2" |
| 5117 | : call TASK2() |
| 5118 | : else |
| 5119 | : echo "\nIllegal command:" command |
| 5120 | : continue |
| 5121 | : endif |
| 5122 | : catch /^Vim:Interrupt$/ |
| 5123 | : echo "\nCommand interrupted" |
| 5124 | : " Caught the interrupt. Continue with next prompt. |
| 5125 | : endtry |
| 5126 | :endwhile |
| 5127 | |
| 5128 | You can interrupt a task here by pressing CTRL-C; the script then asks for |
| 5129 | a new command. If you press CTRL-C at the prompt, the script is terminated. |
| 5130 | |
| 5131 | For testing what happens when CTRL-C would be pressed on a specific line in |
| 5132 | your script, use the debug mode and execute the |>quit| or |>interrupt| |
| 5133 | command on that line. See |debug-scripts|. |
| 5134 | |
| 5135 | |
| 5136 | CATCHING ALL *catch-all* |
| 5137 | |
| 5138 | The commands > |
| 5139 | |
| 5140 | :catch /.*/ |
| 5141 | :catch // |
| 5142 | :catch |
| 5143 | |
| 5144 | catch everything, error exceptions, interrupt exceptions and exceptions |
| 5145 | explicitly thrown by the |:throw| command. This is useful at the top level of |
| 5146 | a script in order to catch unexpected things. |
| 5147 | Example: > |
| 5148 | |
| 5149 | :try |
| 5150 | : |
| 5151 | : " do the hard work here |
| 5152 | : |
| 5153 | :catch /MyException/ |
| 5154 | : |
| 5155 | : " handle known problem |
| 5156 | : |
| 5157 | :catch /^Vim:Interrupt$/ |
| 5158 | : echo "Script interrupted" |
| 5159 | :catch /.*/ |
| 5160 | : echo "Internal error (" . v:exception . ")" |
| 5161 | : echo " - occurred at " . v:throwpoint |
| 5162 | :endtry |
| 5163 | :" end of script |
| 5164 | |
| 5165 | Note: Catching all might catch more things than you want. Thus, you are |
| 5166 | strongly encouraged to catch only for problems that you can really handle by |
| 5167 | specifying a pattern argument to the ":catch". |
| 5168 | Example: Catching all could make it nearly impossible to interrupt a script |
| 5169 | by pressing CTRL-C: > |
| 5170 | |
| 5171 | :while 1 |
| 5172 | : try |
| 5173 | : sleep 1 |
| 5174 | : catch |
| 5175 | : endtry |
| 5176 | :endwhile |
| 5177 | |
| 5178 | |
| 5179 | EXCEPTIONS AND AUTOCOMMANDS *except-autocmd* |
| 5180 | |
| 5181 | Exceptions may be used during execution of autocommands. Example: > |
| 5182 | |
| 5183 | :autocmd User x try |
| 5184 | :autocmd User x throw "Oops!" |
| 5185 | :autocmd User x catch |
| 5186 | :autocmd User x echo v:exception |
| 5187 | :autocmd User x endtry |
| 5188 | :autocmd User x throw "Arrgh!" |
| 5189 | :autocmd User x echo "Should not be displayed" |
| 5190 | : |
| 5191 | :try |
| 5192 | : doautocmd User x |
| 5193 | :catch |
| 5194 | : echo v:exception |
| 5195 | :endtry |
| 5196 | |
| 5197 | This displays "Oops!" and "Arrgh!". |
| 5198 | |
| 5199 | *except-autocmd-Pre* |
| 5200 | For some commands, autocommands get executed before the main action of the |
| 5201 | command takes place. If an exception is thrown and not caught in the sequence |
| 5202 | of autocommands, the sequence and the command that caused its execution are |
| 5203 | abandoned and the exception is propagated to the caller of the command. |
| 5204 | Example: > |
| 5205 | |
| 5206 | :autocmd BufWritePre * throw "FAIL" |
| 5207 | :autocmd BufWritePre * echo "Should not be displayed" |
| 5208 | : |
| 5209 | :try |
| 5210 | : write |
| 5211 | :catch |
| 5212 | : echo "Caught:" v:exception "from" v:throwpoint |
| 5213 | :endtry |
| 5214 | |
| 5215 | Here, the ":write" command does not write the file currently being edited (as |
| 5216 | you can see by checking 'modified'), since the exception from the BufWritePre |
| 5217 | autocommand abandons the ":write". The exception is then caught and the |
| 5218 | script displays: > |
| 5219 | |
| 5220 | Caught: FAIL from BufWrite Auto commands for "*" |
| 5221 | < |
| 5222 | *except-autocmd-Post* |
| 5223 | For some commands, autocommands get executed after the main action of the |
| 5224 | command has taken place. If this main action fails and the command is inside |
| 5225 | an active try conditional, the autocommands are skipped and an error exception |
| 5226 | is thrown that can be caught by the caller of the command. |
| 5227 | Example: > |
| 5228 | |
| 5229 | :autocmd BufWritePost * echo "File successfully written!" |
| 5230 | : |
| 5231 | :try |
| 5232 | : write /i/m/p/o/s/s/i/b/l/e |
| 5233 | :catch |
| 5234 | : echo v:exception |
| 5235 | :endtry |
| 5236 | |
| 5237 | This just displays: > |
| 5238 | |
| 5239 | Vim(write):E212: Can't open file for writing (/i/m/p/o/s/s/i/b/l/e) |
| 5240 | |
| 5241 | If you really need to execute the autocommands even when the main action |
| 5242 | fails, trigger the event from the catch clause. |
| 5243 | Example: > |
| 5244 | |
| 5245 | :autocmd BufWritePre * set noreadonly |
| 5246 | :autocmd BufWritePost * set readonly |
| 5247 | : |
| 5248 | :try |
| 5249 | : write /i/m/p/o/s/s/i/b/l/e |
| 5250 | :catch |
| 5251 | : doautocmd BufWritePost /i/m/p/o/s/s/i/b/l/e |
| 5252 | :endtry |
| 5253 | < |
| 5254 | You can also use ":silent!": > |
| 5255 | |
| 5256 | :let x = "ok" |
| 5257 | :let v:errmsg = "" |
| 5258 | :autocmd BufWritePost * if v:errmsg != "" |
| 5259 | :autocmd BufWritePost * let x = "after fail" |
| 5260 | :autocmd BufWritePost * endif |
| 5261 | :try |
| 5262 | : silent! write /i/m/p/o/s/s/i/b/l/e |
| 5263 | :catch |
| 5264 | :endtry |
| 5265 | :echo x |
| 5266 | |
| 5267 | This displays "after fail". |
| 5268 | |
| 5269 | If the main action of the command does not fail, exceptions from the |
| 5270 | autocommands will be catchable by the caller of the command: > |
| 5271 | |
| 5272 | :autocmd BufWritePost * throw ":-(" |
| 5273 | :autocmd BufWritePost * echo "Should not be displayed" |
| 5274 | : |
| 5275 | :try |
| 5276 | : write |
| 5277 | :catch |
| 5278 | : echo v:exception |
| 5279 | :endtry |
| 5280 | < |
| 5281 | *except-autocmd-Cmd* |
| 5282 | For some commands, the normal action can be replaced by a sequence of |
| 5283 | autocommands. Exceptions from that sequence will be catchable by the caller |
| 5284 | of the command. |
| 5285 | Example: For the ":write" command, the caller cannot know whether the file |
| 5286 | had actually been written when the exception occurred. You need to tell it in |
| 5287 | some way. > |
| 5288 | |
| 5289 | :if !exists("cnt") |
| 5290 | : let cnt = 0 |
| 5291 | : |
| 5292 | : autocmd BufWriteCmd * if &modified |
| 5293 | : autocmd BufWriteCmd * let cnt = cnt + 1 |
| 5294 | : autocmd BufWriteCmd * if cnt % 3 == 2 |
| 5295 | : autocmd BufWriteCmd * throw "BufWriteCmdError" |
| 5296 | : autocmd BufWriteCmd * endif |
| 5297 | : autocmd BufWriteCmd * write | set nomodified |
| 5298 | : autocmd BufWriteCmd * if cnt % 3 == 0 |
| 5299 | : autocmd BufWriteCmd * throw "BufWriteCmdError" |
| 5300 | : autocmd BufWriteCmd * endif |
| 5301 | : autocmd BufWriteCmd * echo "File successfully written!" |
| 5302 | : autocmd BufWriteCmd * endif |
| 5303 | :endif |
| 5304 | : |
| 5305 | :try |
| 5306 | : write |
| 5307 | :catch /^BufWriteCmdError$/ |
| 5308 | : if &modified |
| 5309 | : echo "Error on writing (file contents not changed)" |
| 5310 | : else |
| 5311 | : echo "Error after writing" |
| 5312 | : endif |
| 5313 | :catch /^Vim(write):/ |
| 5314 | : echo "Error on writing" |
| 5315 | :endtry |
| 5316 | |
| 5317 | When this script is sourced several times after making changes, it displays |
| 5318 | first > |
| 5319 | File successfully written! |
| 5320 | then > |
| 5321 | Error on writing (file contents not changed) |
| 5322 | then > |
| 5323 | Error after writing |
| 5324 | etc. |
| 5325 | |
| 5326 | *except-autocmd-ill* |
| 5327 | You cannot spread a try conditional over autocommands for different events. |
| 5328 | The following code is ill-formed: > |
| 5329 | |
| 5330 | :autocmd BufWritePre * try |
| 5331 | : |
| 5332 | :autocmd BufWritePost * catch |
| 5333 | :autocmd BufWritePost * echo v:exception |
| 5334 | :autocmd BufWritePost * endtry |
| 5335 | : |
| 5336 | :write |
| 5337 | |
| 5338 | |
| 5339 | EXCEPTION HIERARCHIES AND PARAMETERIZED EXCEPTIONS *except-hier-param* |
| 5340 | |
| 5341 | Some programming languages allow to use hierarchies of exception classes or to |
| 5342 | pass additional information with the object of an exception class. You can do |
| 5343 | similar things in Vim. |
| 5344 | In order to throw an exception from a hierarchy, just throw the complete |
| 5345 | class name with the components separated by a colon, for instance throw the |
| 5346 | string "EXCEPT:MATHERR:OVERFLOW" for an overflow in a mathematical library. |
| 5347 | When you want to pass additional information with your exception class, add |
| 5348 | it in parentheses, for instance throw the string "EXCEPT:IO:WRITEERR(myfile)" |
| 5349 | for an error when writing "myfile". |
| 5350 | With the appropriate patterns in the ":catch" command, you can catch for |
| 5351 | base classes or derived classes of your hierarchy. Additional information in |
| 5352 | parentheses can be cut out from |v:exception| with the ":substitute" command. |
| 5353 | Example: > |
| 5354 | |
| 5355 | :function! CheckRange(a, func) |
| 5356 | : if a:a < 0 |
| 5357 | : throw "EXCEPT:MATHERR:RANGE(" . a:func . ")" |
| 5358 | : endif |
| 5359 | :endfunction |
| 5360 | : |
| 5361 | :function! Add(a, b) |
| 5362 | : call CheckRange(a:a, "Add") |
| 5363 | : call CheckRange(a:b, "Add") |
| 5364 | : let c = a:a + a:b |
| 5365 | : if c < 0 |
| 5366 | : throw "EXCEPT:MATHERR:OVERFLOW" |
| 5367 | : endif |
| 5368 | : return c |
| 5369 | :endfunction |
| 5370 | : |
| 5371 | :function! Div(a, b) |
| 5372 | : call CheckRange(a:a, "Div") |
| 5373 | : call CheckRange(a:b, "Div") |
| 5374 | : if (a:b == 0) |
| 5375 | : throw "EXCEPT:MATHERR:ZERODIV" |
| 5376 | : endif |
| 5377 | : return a:a / a:b |
| 5378 | :endfunction |
| 5379 | : |
| 5380 | :function! Write(file) |
| 5381 | : try |
| 5382 | : execute "write" a:file |
| 5383 | : catch /^Vim(write):/ |
| 5384 | : throw "EXCEPT:IO(" . getcwd() . ", " . a:file . "):WRITEERR" |
| 5385 | : endtry |
| 5386 | :endfunction |
| 5387 | : |
| 5388 | :try |
| 5389 | : |
| 5390 | : " something with arithmetics and I/O |
| 5391 | : |
| 5392 | :catch /^EXCEPT:MATHERR:RANGE/ |
| 5393 | : let function = substitute(v:exception, '.*(\(\a\+\)).*', '\1', "") |
| 5394 | : echo "Range error in" function |
| 5395 | : |
| 5396 | :catch /^EXCEPT:MATHERR/ " catches OVERFLOW and ZERODIV |
| 5397 | : echo "Math error" |
| 5398 | : |
| 5399 | :catch /^EXCEPT:IO/ |
| 5400 | : let dir = substitute(v:exception, '.*(\(.\+\),\s*.\+).*', '\1', "") |
| 5401 | : let file = substitute(v:exception, '.*(.\+,\s*\(.\+\)).*', '\1', "") |
| 5402 | : if file !~ '^/' |
| 5403 | : let file = dir . "/" . file |
| 5404 | : endif |
| 5405 | : echo 'I/O error for "' . file . '"' |
| 5406 | : |
| 5407 | :catch /^EXCEPT/ |
| 5408 | : echo "Unspecified error" |
| 5409 | : |
| 5410 | :endtry |
| 5411 | |
| 5412 | The exceptions raised by Vim itself (on error or when pressing CTRL-C) use |
| 5413 | a flat hierarchy: they are all in the "Vim" class. You cannot throw yourself |
| 5414 | exceptions with the "Vim" prefix; they are reserved for Vim. |
| 5415 | Vim error exceptions are parameterized with the name of the command that |
| 5416 | failed, if known. See |catch-errors|. |
| 5417 | |
| 5418 | |
| 5419 | PECULIARITIES |
| 5420 | *except-compat* |
| 5421 | The exception handling concept requires that the command sequence causing the |
| 5422 | exception is aborted immediately and control is transferred to finally clauses |
| 5423 | and/or a catch clause. |
| 5424 | |
| 5425 | In the Vim script language there are cases where scripts and functions |
| 5426 | continue after an error: in functions without the "abort" flag or in a command |
| 5427 | after ":silent!", control flow goes to the following line, and outside |
| 5428 | functions, control flow goes to the line following the outermost ":endwhile" |
| 5429 | or ":endif". On the other hand, errors should be catchable as exceptions |
| 5430 | (thus, requiring the immediate abortion). |
| 5431 | |
| 5432 | This problem has been solved by converting errors to exceptions and using |
| 5433 | immediate abortion (if not suppressed by ":silent!") only when a try |
| 5434 | conditional is active. This is no restriction since an (error) exception can |
| 5435 | be caught only from an active try conditional. If you want an immediate |
| 5436 | termination without catching the error, just use a try conditional without |
| 5437 | catch clause. (You can cause cleanup code being executed before termination |
| 5438 | by specifying a finally clause.) |
| 5439 | |
| 5440 | When no try conditional is active, the usual abortion and continuation |
| 5441 | behavior is used instead of immediate abortion. This ensures compatibility of |
| 5442 | scripts written for Vim 6.1 and earlier. |
| 5443 | |
| 5444 | However, when sourcing an existing script that does not use exception handling |
| 5445 | commands (or when calling one of its functions) from inside an active try |
| 5446 | conditional of a new script, you might change the control flow of the existing |
| 5447 | script on error. You get the immediate abortion on error and can catch the |
| 5448 | error in the new script. If however the sourced script suppresses error |
| 5449 | messages by using the ":silent!" command (checking for errors by testing |
| 5450 | |v:errmsg| if appropriate), its execution path is not changed. The error is |
| 5451 | not converted to an exception. (See |:silent|.) So the only remaining cause |
| 5452 | where this happens is for scripts that don't care about errors and produce |
| 5453 | error messages. You probably won't want to use such code from your new |
| 5454 | scripts. |
| 5455 | |
| 5456 | *except-syntax-err* |
| 5457 | Syntax errors in the exception handling commands are never caught by any of |
| 5458 | the ":catch" commands of the try conditional they belong to. Its finally |
| 5459 | clauses, however, is executed. |
| 5460 | Example: > |
| 5461 | |
| 5462 | :try |
| 5463 | : try |
| 5464 | : throw 4711 |
| 5465 | : catch /\(/ |
| 5466 | : echo "in catch with syntax error" |
| 5467 | : catch |
| 5468 | : echo "inner catch-all" |
| 5469 | : finally |
| 5470 | : echo "inner finally" |
| 5471 | : endtry |
| 5472 | :catch |
| 5473 | : echo 'outer catch-all caught "' . v:exception . '"' |
| 5474 | : finally |
| 5475 | : echo "outer finally" |
| 5476 | :endtry |
| 5477 | |
| 5478 | This displays: > |
| 5479 | inner finally |
| 5480 | outer catch-all caught "Vim(catch):E54: Unmatched \(" |
| 5481 | outer finally |
| 5482 | The original exception is discarded and an error exception is raised, instead. |
| 5483 | |
| 5484 | *except-single-line* |
| 5485 | The ":try", ":catch", ":finally", and ":endtry" commands can be put on |
| 5486 | a single line, but then syntax errors may make it difficult to recognize the |
| 5487 | "catch" line, thus you better avoid this. |
| 5488 | Example: > |
| 5489 | :try | unlet! foo # | catch | endtry |
| 5490 | raises an error exception for the trailing characters after the ":unlet!" |
| 5491 | argument, but does not see the ":catch" and ":endtry" commands, so that the |
| 5492 | error exception is discarded and the "E488: Trailing characters" message gets |
| 5493 | displayed. |
| 5494 | |
| 5495 | *except-several-errors* |
| 5496 | When several errors appear in a single command, the first error message is |
| 5497 | usually the most specific one and therefor converted to the error exception. |
| 5498 | Example: > |
| 5499 | echo novar |
| 5500 | causes > |
| 5501 | E121: Undefined variable: novar |
| 5502 | E15: Invalid expression: novar |
| 5503 | The value of the error exception inside try conditionals is: > |
| 5504 | Vim(echo):E121: Undefined variable: novar |
| 5505 | < *except-syntax-error* |
| 5506 | But when a syntax error is detected after a normal error in the same command, |
| 5507 | the syntax error is used for the exception being thrown. |
| 5508 | Example: > |
| 5509 | unlet novar # |
| 5510 | causes > |
| 5511 | E108: No such variable: "novar" |
| 5512 | E488: Trailing characters |
| 5513 | The value of the error exception inside try conditionals is: > |
| 5514 | Vim(unlet):E488: Trailing characters |
| 5515 | This is done because the syntax error might change the execution path in a way |
| 5516 | not intended by the user. Example: > |
| 5517 | try |
| 5518 | try | unlet novar # | catch | echo v:exception | endtry |
| 5519 | catch /.*/ |
| 5520 | echo "outer catch:" v:exception |
| 5521 | endtry |
| 5522 | This displays "outer catch: Vim(unlet):E488: Trailing characters", and then |
| 5523 | a "E600: Missing :endtry" error message is given, see |except-single-line|. |
| 5524 | |
| 5525 | ============================================================================== |
| 5526 | 9. Examples *eval-examples* |
| 5527 | |
| 5528 | Printing in Hex ~ |
| 5529 | > |
| 5530 | :" The function Nr2Hex() returns the Hex string of a number. |
| 5531 | :func Nr2Hex(nr) |
| 5532 | : let n = a:nr |
| 5533 | : let r = "" |
| 5534 | : while n |
| 5535 | : let r = '0123456789ABCDEF'[n % 16] . r |
| 5536 | : let n = n / 16 |
| 5537 | : endwhile |
| 5538 | : return r |
| 5539 | :endfunc |
| 5540 | |
| 5541 | :" The function String2Hex() converts each character in a string to a two |
| 5542 | :" character Hex string. |
| 5543 | :func String2Hex(str) |
| 5544 | : let out = '' |
| 5545 | : let ix = 0 |
| 5546 | : while ix < strlen(a:str) |
| 5547 | : let out = out . Nr2Hex(char2nr(a:str[ix])) |
| 5548 | : let ix = ix + 1 |
| 5549 | : endwhile |
| 5550 | : return out |
| 5551 | :endfunc |
| 5552 | |
| 5553 | Example of its use: > |
| 5554 | :echo Nr2Hex(32) |
| 5555 | result: "20" > |
| 5556 | :echo String2Hex("32") |
| 5557 | result: "3332" |
| 5558 | |
| 5559 | |
| 5560 | Sorting lines (by Robert Webb) ~ |
| 5561 | |
| 5562 | Here is a Vim script to sort lines. Highlight the lines in Vim and type |
| 5563 | ":Sort". This doesn't call any external programs so it'll work on any |
| 5564 | platform. The function Sort() actually takes the name of a comparison |
| 5565 | function as its argument, like qsort() does in C. So you could supply it |
| 5566 | with different comparison functions in order to sort according to date etc. |
| 5567 | > |
| 5568 | :" Function for use with Sort(), to compare two strings. |
| 5569 | :func! Strcmp(str1, str2) |
| 5570 | : if (a:str1 < a:str2) |
| 5571 | : return -1 |
| 5572 | : elseif (a:str1 > a:str2) |
| 5573 | : return 1 |
| 5574 | : else |
| 5575 | : return 0 |
| 5576 | : endif |
| 5577 | :endfunction |
| 5578 | |
| 5579 | :" Sort lines. SortR() is called recursively. |
| 5580 | :func! SortR(start, end, cmp) |
| 5581 | : if (a:start >= a:end) |
| 5582 | : return |
| 5583 | : endif |
| 5584 | : let partition = a:start - 1 |
| 5585 | : let middle = partition |
| 5586 | : let partStr = getline((a:start + a:end) / 2) |
| 5587 | : let i = a:start |
| 5588 | : while (i <= a:end) |
| 5589 | : let str = getline(i) |
| 5590 | : exec "let result = " . a:cmp . "(str, partStr)" |
| 5591 | : if (result <= 0) |
| 5592 | : " Need to put it before the partition. Swap lines i and partition. |
| 5593 | : let partition = partition + 1 |
| 5594 | : if (result == 0) |
| 5595 | : let middle = partition |
| 5596 | : endif |
| 5597 | : if (i != partition) |
| 5598 | : let str2 = getline(partition) |
| 5599 | : call setline(i, str2) |
| 5600 | : call setline(partition, str) |
| 5601 | : endif |
| 5602 | : endif |
| 5603 | : let i = i + 1 |
| 5604 | : endwhile |
| 5605 | |
| 5606 | : " Now we have a pointer to the "middle" element, as far as partitioning |
| 5607 | : " goes, which could be anywhere before the partition. Make sure it is at |
| 5608 | : " the end of the partition. |
| 5609 | : if (middle != partition) |
| 5610 | : let str = getline(middle) |
| 5611 | : let str2 = getline(partition) |
| 5612 | : call setline(middle, str2) |
| 5613 | : call setline(partition, str) |
| 5614 | : endif |
| 5615 | : call SortR(a:start, partition - 1, a:cmp) |
| 5616 | : call SortR(partition + 1, a:end, a:cmp) |
| 5617 | :endfunc |
| 5618 | |
| 5619 | :" To Sort a range of lines, pass the range to Sort() along with the name of a |
| 5620 | :" function that will compare two lines. |
| 5621 | :func! Sort(cmp) range |
| 5622 | : call SortR(a:firstline, a:lastline, a:cmp) |
| 5623 | :endfunc |
| 5624 | |
| 5625 | :" :Sort takes a range of lines and sorts them. |
| 5626 | :command! -nargs=0 -range Sort <line1>,<line2>call Sort("Strcmp") |
| 5627 | < |
| 5628 | *sscanf* |
| 5629 | There is no sscanf() function in Vim. If you need to extract parts from a |
| 5630 | line, you can use matchstr() and substitute() to do it. This example shows |
| 5631 | how to get the file name, line number and column number out of a line like |
| 5632 | "foobar.txt, 123, 45". > |
| 5633 | :" Set up the match bit |
| 5634 | :let mx='\(\f\+\),\s*\(\d\+\),\s*\(\d\+\)' |
| 5635 | :"get the part matching the whole expression |
| 5636 | :let l = matchstr(line, mx) |
| 5637 | :"get each item out of the match |
| 5638 | :let file = substitute(l, mx, '\1', '') |
| 5639 | :let lnum = substitute(l, mx, '\2', '') |
| 5640 | :let col = substitute(l, mx, '\3', '') |
| 5641 | |
| 5642 | The input is in the variable "line", the results in the variables "file", |
| 5643 | "lnum" and "col". (idea from Michael Geddes) |
| 5644 | |
| 5645 | ============================================================================== |
| 5646 | 10. No +eval feature *no-eval-feature* |
| 5647 | |
| 5648 | When the |+eval| feature was disabled at compile time, none of the expression |
| 5649 | evaluation commands are available. To prevent this from causing Vim scripts |
| 5650 | to generate all kinds of errors, the ":if" and ":endif" commands are still |
| 5651 | recognized, though the argument of the ":if" and everything between the ":if" |
| 5652 | and the matching ":endif" is ignored. Nesting of ":if" blocks is allowed, but |
| 5653 | only if the commands are at the start of the line. The ":else" command is not |
| 5654 | recognized. |
| 5655 | |
| 5656 | Example of how to avoid executing commands when the |+eval| feature is |
| 5657 | missing: > |
| 5658 | |
| 5659 | :if 1 |
| 5660 | : echo "Expression evaluation is compiled in" |
| 5661 | :else |
| 5662 | : echo "You will _never_ see this message" |
| 5663 | :endif |
| 5664 | |
| 5665 | ============================================================================== |
| 5666 | 11. The sandbox *eval-sandbox* *sandbox* *E48* |
| 5667 | |
| 5668 | The 'foldexpr', 'includeexpr', 'indentexpr', 'statusline' and 'foldtext' |
| 5669 | options are evaluated in a sandbox. This means that you are protected from |
| 5670 | these expressions having nasty side effects. This gives some safety for when |
| 5671 | these options are set from a modeline. It is also used when the command from |
| 5672 | a tags file is executed. |
Bram Moolenaar | 7b0294c | 2004-10-11 10:16:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5673 | The sandbox is also used for the |:sandbox| command. |
Bram Moolenaar | 071d427 | 2004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5674 | |
| 5675 | These items are not allowed in the sandbox: |
| 5676 | - changing the buffer text |
| 5677 | - defining or changing mapping, autocommands, functions, user commands |
| 5678 | - setting certain options (see |option-summary|) |
| 5679 | - executing a shell command |
| 5680 | - reading or writing a file |
| 5681 | - jumping to another buffer or editing a file |
Bram Moolenaar | 7b0294c | 2004-10-11 10:16:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5682 | This is not guaranteed 100% secure, but it should block most attacks. |
| 5683 | |
| 5684 | *:san* *:sandbox* |
| 5685 | :sandbox {cmd} Execute {cmd} in the sandbox. Useful to evaluate an |
| 5686 | option that may have been set from a modeline, e.g. |
| 5687 | 'foldexpr'. |
| 5688 | |
Bram Moolenaar | 071d427 | 2004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5689 | |
| 5690 | vim:tw=78:ts=8:ft=help:norl: |